TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION

E-HOUSE
(CSS 33/11 KV)

WBSEDCL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR E-HOUSE of 33/11 KV SUB-STATION

1.0 SCOPE
This specification describes the requirements for design, manufacture, testing at
manufacturer’s works, supply, installation and Commissioning at site of prefabricated metal
electrical room with GIS Switchgear System and associated auxiliary equipment.

2.0 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA:

The E-House shall be an elevated, air-conditioned structure with all self-
sufficient required equipment such as
• Switchgear with Protection Relays & Local Control arrangement
• LV AC & DC Distribution system
• Battery, Charger, UPS etc.
• BCU panel with SCADA interface cabinets
• Supply, laying, dressing, termination and connection of control cables.
• Light fixtures with occupancy sensor and Receptacles,
• DC/AC Emergency lighting system.
• HVAC system to suit equipment and ambient heat loads
• Fire detection & fire-fighting system
• Remote Surveillance system
• Earthing
• Platforms, Stairs, handrails etc.

The supplier shall install all equipment within E-House.

The above E-House needs to be fully assembled and integrated at factory and acceptance
test shall be carried out at Manufacturing/ Assembly location to ensure best in quality
performance and ease of operation as a “plug and play” solution to be delivered at site.

3.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS:

All materials supplied and installed shall be capable of operating without fault in a tropical
climate, which exhibits a high level of ultra-violet radiation and severe thunderstorms.
Relevant environmental conditions are listed as follows:

1 Max. ambient air temperature 50°C

.
2 Min. ambient air temperature (-) 5°C
.
3 Average Daily Max. ambient temperature (Design 40°C
Ambient)
4 Max. yearly weighted average ambient temperature 32°C

5 Max. altitude above mean sea level 1000m

.
6 Relative Humidity(%) 10 - 100
.
 7 Avg. No. of Thunder storm Days / Year 100
.
8 Avg. annual rainfall 3000 mm
.
9. Maximum wind pressure 250 kg / sq. mtr.

10 Pollution Level Heavily polluted area

11 Seismic Level Zone level III & IV

4.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS:

The metal-enclosed 33KV GIS Sw. gr. and 11KV AIS Sw. Gr. both, Battery & Battery
charger (110 V & 30 V each), DCDB & ACDB, Fire Fighting equipments, RTU, SCADA
unit and including the all operating devices, accessories and auxiliary equipments
forming integral part thereof, shall be designed, manufactured, assembled and tested
in accordance with the relevant standards, specification and codes of practices,
referred to herein and shall be the latest editions including all applicable official
amendments and revisions as on the date of opening of bid.

4.01 For 33KV Gas-Insulated Switchgear switch gear:-

IEC 62271-200 AC metal-enclosed switchgear & control gear for rated voltage
above 1 KV and up to and including 52 KV

IEC 622271-1 High Voltage switchgear and controlgear-Part-1: Common

specification

IEC 622271-100 High voltage Alternating current circuit breakers.

IEC 60694 Common clauses for high voltage switchgear and control gear
standards

IEC 62271-103 High voltage switches for rated voltages above 1 KV and less
than 52 KV.

IEC 60071 Insulation coordination

IEC 61128 Alternating current disconnectors bus transfer current

switching by disconnectors

IEC 61129 Alternating current earthing switches-induced

current switching

IEC 60265 High voltage switches

IEC 60137 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V

IEC 60233 Tests for hollow insulators for use in electrical equipment

IEC 61259 Requirements for switching of bus charging

current by GIS disconnectors
IEC 60059 IEC Standard current Rating

IEC 62271-102 A.C. disconnectors (isolators) and earthing

switches for voltages above 1000 V

IEC 62271-207 Seismic qualification for gas –insulated switchgears assemblies

for rated voltages above 52 KV
IEC 60376 New Sulphar Hexafluoride (SF6)

IEC 60480 Guidelines for checking and treatment of Sulphar Hexafluoride

(SF6)
IEC 61633 High voltage Alternating Current Circuit Breakers-Guide for
Short Circuit and Switching Test-Procedure for Metal
Enclosed and Dead tank Circuit Breaker.
IEC 61634 High voltage Switchgear and Control gear use and handling of
SF6 in High voltage Switchgear and Control gear

IEC 61243-5 Voltage detection systems

IEC 60044-1 Current Transformers

IEC 60044-2 Potential transformers

IEC 62271-209 Cable connections for gas insulated switch gears

IS 5621:1980 Hollow Insulators for use in electrical equipment

IS:2544/1973 Porcelain Post Insulators

IS 8828/1996 MCB

IS 12063/1987 Degree of protection provided for enclosures for electrical

equipment.

IS 5/2005 Colors for ready mixed paints and enamels.

IS 55781984 Marking of insulated conductor.

11353/1985 Guide for Uniform System of Marking and

Identification of Conductors and Apparatus Terminals

IS 1248/2003 Indicating instruments.

IS 6875 amended up Control switches.

to date

IS 3231/1986 & 87 Electrical Relays for Power System Protection.

amended up to date

IEC 60255 Numerical protection relays.

amended up to date

IS 8686/1977 Static protective relays.

IS 4794/68 & 86 Push button.

IS:9385/1979 High Voltage Fuses

 IS 9431/1979 Indoor post insulator of organic material

IEC 60529 / Protection against accidental contact, foreign Objects

EN 60529 and water

5.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

5.01 The E-house shall be designed to withstand the external environmental

conditions, seismic condition, Wind load, earthquake, imposed load condition
and dynamic loads associated with transport as per Relevant IS. Supporting
calculation for above to be submitted during detail engineering. All material used
shall be new, unused and of superior quality.
5.02 The E-house frame shall be constructed as a rigid, self supporting steel
structure. Structural steel Design, fabrication and welding shall be in accordance
with relevant IS / other acceptable standards. Construction materials –
* Steel: load bearing members: IS 2062 or equivalent
* Structural steel: IS 2062.
* Side-end walls & roof panels: IS 2062.
* Square/rectangular hollow sections: IS 1161 or equivalent
* Paint: to suit hilly & industrial climate.
* Corner fittings: dimension as per ISO 1161 - 1984
5.03 The roof framing and the columns shall be designed to support any additional dead
load suspended from the roof such as air conditioning duct, false ceiling, cable
trays, light fixtures etc.
5.04 The floor framing shall be fabricated from ASTM A36 or equivalent steel
members to form a rigid rectangular frame. The frame shall be braced with
cross members as required to support the equipment installed in the E-house.
5.05 The floor shall be constructed at a height of preferably two meters from the
finished ground level of Sub-station for ease of cable entry.
5.06 All exterior walls shall be air and water tight and shall be capable of maintaining
this tightness during and after any transport or lifting operations.
5.07 The shell of the E- house (container) shall be all of weld construction.
5.08 The doors / windows shall be effectively sealed against water ingress in closed
condition by using proper gasket profiles. Above doors, rain-hoods are to be
provided to avoid water leaking into Joints.
• Particular attentions are to be paid to prevent any corrosion of metal parts.
• Structure walls and roofs shall be formed by means of 1.6 mm thick
CRCA sheet with thermal insulating material inside. The exterior walls
and frames around door and any other opening if any shall be structurally
adequate to sustain all applicable loads.
• Roof slope shall be minimum of 6 degree. Roof edges/ slopes shall be
provided with drain arrangement for water draining from top. Roof shall
 be welded with the main structure to form an integrated assembled
section.
• Floor plating shall be covered with a non-skid surface. The exposed
floor in front of electrical panels shall be insulated with high grade PVC
insulation mat, rated for 36kV.
• Exterior walkway, stairs with hand rail and landing shall be provided.
• External paint finish shall provide an expected life to meet minimal
maintenance in marine condition.
• All the wall & roof materials used shall be non-combustible type.
• E-Houses will be insulated on sides, end walls, roof & doors with
minimum 50 mm thick Glass Wool/Rockwool insulation.
• Interiors of the E-Houses shall be aesthetically finished as to give a
pleasing appearance with high quality workmanship. All joints shall be neatly
finished.
• For side, roof and end walls paneling will be done with 1 mm thick CRCA sheet.
• Considering superstructure load, soil condition etc. foundation design to
be done by the bidder and design – drawings are to be submitted at
WBSEDCL for approval.
• Construction of all the required foundation structures, columns, beams
etc. are in the scope of bidder.

6.0 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

• 33 KV & 11 KV switchgears are of single bus arrangement.
• Preferable control voltage shall be 110 V DC for 33 KV Indoor GIS Type Switchgears
and 30 V DC for 11 KV AIS switchgears.

6.01 LIGHTING
• The electrical panel can be wall mounted type and shall have feeders for lighting
circuits, sockets, battery chargers, air conditioning units, F&A panels, spare etc. The
incoming supply for this panel shall be from a 3 phase 4 wire 433V 50Hz supply
and will have a main TPN MCB of sufficient rating depending upon the load inside
E-house. The feeders shall be through 2 pole MCBs for single phase circuits and 4P
MCBs for 3 phase circuits. The feeders shall be arranged such that the load shall be
balanced among three phases. The enclosure shall be of minimum IP41 rating, powder
coated paint.
• The wiring circuit of the E House for lightings will include a suitable 1-phase power input
socket, distribution board with MCB for the light connections and other additional
points as required.
• Sufficient quantity 240 V, 1 Ph, 5 A socket outlet shall be provided inside the E-House.
• Electrical wiring has to be done as per respective IS standard with proper
earthing system. All wires used for lighting system should be by FRLS 1100V grade.
 • Lux level shall be 300 lumen inside the E-house and outside platforms/ stairs
shall be 100 lumen. The luminaries used shall be LED type of sufficient wattage to
cater the required Lux requirement.
• Motion / Occupancy Sensors shall be installed within E-House which shall
perform zone wise lighting system control.
• The enclosure shall be furnished complete with factory installed of emergency
lighting and with EXIT light fixtures at each access doors. Twenty percent of
total lighting fixtures shall be emergency lighting with UPS/Battery backup. The
lighting system shall provide immediate emergency light (for at least 1 Hour) upon
failure of the normal power source, and shall switch off automatically when power
is restored.

6.02 GROUNDING
• Internal Earthing inside enclosure with suitable cross sectional GI flats
• The E-House shall be furnished complete with ground pads which shall bond of electrical
equipment enclosure frames and ground buses to the E-House frame at the exterior
base in two locations and at opposite ends of the e House so as to provide a continuous
path to ground.
• The Grounding system shall connect to each end of the ground bus in each
assembly of installed equipment.

6.03 FIRE DETECTION & CONTROL, SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM AND AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM
• The Fire Detection – alarm & control system, surveillance system and Air conditioning
system shall be installed in line with manufacturer’s recommendation and WBSEDCL
Technical Specification.

6.03.01 Fire Fighting System

• A fire detection and alarming system shall be installed consisting of the
fire alarm control panel with display utilizing an detection system suitable
for multi area detection and control.
• The fire detection and alarm system shall include multi sensor smoke
detectors suitable for the intended service, break glass type manual call
points, indoor & outdoor alarm hooters.
• Fire alarm panel shall shutdown AC system in respective rooms incase of
fire.
• The wiring for fire alarm panel to smoke detectors shall be done through
separate conduits or bare as per standard and shall not be mixed with any
other circuits. Cabling shall be with steel wire unarmored copper cable
with flame retardant low smoke cables.
• Co2 fire extinguishers (5kg) 4 nos. shall be placed nearer to entrance.
6.03.02 Air Conditioning system
 • Supporting calculations shall be furnished by the bidder to determine size
and quantity of split A/c units.
• AC systems of wall mounted design controlled from a separate panel
within the enclosure will be provided as required capable to maintain
average ambient temperature of 27°C or any specified by WBSEDCL.
• The air conditioned cooling design shall include moisture –proofing and
thermal insulation to prevent occurrence of internal condensation.
• AC system shall be interlocked with smoke detection system to shutdown
on alarm.
• Exhaust fans shall be provided for separate battery room.

6.03.03 Safety Equipments & Tool Box

• Safety charts, Danger Boards as per IE rules shall be provided.

• Entrance, exit and emergency exit sign, First aid box and no smoking board to be
provided.

7.0 TYPE TEST

The Bidder shall submit complete Type Test Reports as mentioned under and as
stipulated in the relevant IS/IEC, carried out in a CPRI/NABL accredited/Govt.
recognised Test House or Laboratory on 12 KV, 800/1250A, 21/25 KA Floor
Mounted Indoor Type GIS Unit of identical design. The submitted Test Reports
shall amply prove that the Tests have been carried out within 5 years from the due date
of Tender.
a) Basic Short Circuit Test for different duty cycles
b) Short time Withstand and Peak Withstand Current Test
c) Lightning and Switching Impulse Voltage Withstand Test
d) Temperature Rise Test
e) Mechanical Endurance Test as per IEC
f) Internal Arc Test
The Bidder shall submit complete Type Test Reports as mentioned under and as
stipulated in the relevant IS/IEC, carried out in a CPRI/NABL accredited/Govt.
recognised Test House or Laboratory on the equipments and supporting structure
used in the E-House. The submitted Test Reports shall amply prove that the Tests have
been carried out within 5 years from the due date of Tender.

8.0 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

• CCTV & LED Screen for monitoring switchyard from E-House. Minimum four nos.
CC TV cameras shall be provided inside E-house container to cover all areas and
one each at each entrance door.
• All the equipment / instruments used shall be as per WBSEDCL Technical
Specification and from the approved Makers List. If the specification / make
for any particular equipment is not available then manufacturer have to submit
 all relevant documents and data sheets for prior approval from WBSEDCL.
• Door opening and closing shall be logged in permanent memory of the system for at
least 90 days.
• Each systems will comprise of CCTV camera, Digital Video recorder.
• All recording equipment should be industrial type heavy duty with storage capacity
of 2TB and should be enclosed in fire and impact resistant system.

9.0 PAINTING
Corrosion-prone steel components of the switchgear cubicles – unless they are made of
stainless steel – must be protected by zinc phosphating. Large-sized front components
visible from the outside, such as doors or covers, should be coated additionally by
scratch-proof textured paint. The colour coating should be provided in the colour RAL
7032 (pebble grey).

10.0 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

All the information and documents related to the project shall comply with the
latest edition of the IEC 62271-200 standard. The manufacturer shall submit the
following documents at the delivery of the equipments:
• General arrangement floor plan drawings.
• Paper and electronic copy.
• Single line diagrams drawings. Paper and electronic copy.
• Logic diagram, detailed schematic & wiring diagrams and bill of material for each
functional unit. Paper and electronic copy.
• Complete details for all loops, interfaces, connection diagrams, terminal diagrams
and wiring of all circuits. Paper and electronic copy.
• Evidence of type test reports and complete routine test report. Paper and
electronic copy.
• Instruction manual (including softcopy & paper copy):
• General characteristics of switchgears
• Civil works
• Handling, transport and storage
• Installation
• Operating instructions
• Maintenance instructions
• A “USER’S MANUAL” CD including:
• Catalogue of the switchgears and protective relays & auxiliaries.
• Instruction manual
• Animation based on 3D drawings and voice to explain how to perform all the
operations with the switchgears.
• Animations based on 3D drawings and voice to explain how to perform all the
storage, handling and tests of the switchgears on site.
 (A) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 33KV GIS

1. 33 KV GIS Switchgear Panel

GIS Switchgear shall be an indoor gas insulated and metal-clad cubicle design with
single busbar system in accordance with single line diagram and data sheet. Each panel
shall be metal enclosed, free standing, fully arc proof, floor mounting, flush fronted and
arranged to single structure with a common busbar assembly. Each compartment shall be
protected by a metal enclosure with IP65 minimum for gas compartments and IP4X for
the supporting frames, low voltage and other compartments. Construction, including cable
entry, shall be vermin proof.
Adequate safety margin with respect to thermal, mechanical, dielectric stress,
dynamic short circuit fault and insulation coordination be maintained during design,
selection of raw material, manufacturing process etc. so that the GIS provides long life
with least maintenance.
The complete switchgear shall be designed to manage the risks associated with it
such that there shall not be any safety hazard to the employees in normal service and
during inspection and maintenance. The design should be such that all parts subjected to
wear and tear are easily accessible for maintenance purposes. The Service Class
Continuity of Switchgears shall be LSC-2A (as per IEC 622771-200).
The manufacturer shall give guarantee for maximum leakage rate of SF6 gas will
be lower than 0.1 % per year. SF6 gas leakage rate should not exceed 0.1% per annum
after guarantee period. In case of Gas Leak the GIS should have the capability to
withstand di-electric strength at minimum 1.3 bar pressure. Separate gas monitoring
sensors should be available for all the gas filled chambers.
The panel complying ingress protection IP 65 for HV live part and IP 4X for LV
compartment shall be constructed from corrosion-resistant stainless steel sheet of min
3 mm thickness, filled with SF6 accommodating the primary switching devices (VCB and
Three position disconnector cum earthing switch) and all live parts.
The panels must be suitably treated and powder coated with 60-70 micron
thickness, to achieve indoor worthiness and corrosion protection and should pass salt
spray test for not less than 500 hrs.
2.0 SLD for different combination of 33 KV GIS panel

2.01 Busbar and Insulators

33 kV busbar shall be housed in SF6 gas chamber.

Busbar shall be of made of electrolytic high grade Copper of adequate size and bus bar
size calculation/supporting type test report shall be submitted for approval (current
 density of copper shall not exceeded more than 1.6 Amp/sq.mm). They shall be
adequately supported on insulators to withstand electrical and mechanical stresses due
to specified short circuit currents.

Busbar shall be supported on the insulators such that the conductor expansion and
contraction are allowed without straining the insulators.

Bus bar cross-section shall be uniform throughout the length of switchgear board. Bus
bars shall be in SF6 gas insulated compartment.
All piping for SF6 gas including their fittings shall be made of non- magnetic stainless
steel housings.

Busbar insulators shall be of arc and track resistant, high strength, non- hygroscopic,
non-combustible type and shall be suitable to withstand stresses due to over-voltages,
and short circuit current. In case of organic insulator partial discharge shall be limited
to 50 pico coulomb at rated Voltage X 1.1/√3. The temperature of the busbars and all
other equipment, when carrying the rated current continuously shall be limited as per
the stipulations of relevant Standards, duly considering the specified ambient
temperature (55° C). Clearances between phases and between phase and earth shall be
kept liberally so as to obtain high reliability.

Bus bar System SINGLE BUS BAR

Rated Voltage 36kV
No of phases 3
Rated Power Frequency Withstand Voltage 70 kV
Rated Lightning impulse withstand Voltage 170 kV
Rated current for bus bar system 1600 A
Current density 1.6
Rated Short time withstand current (3 Ph) 25kA/3 Sec
Rated Frequency 50 Hz

2.02 Circuit Breaker

Circuit breakers should be Vacuum type for 33KV. They should be according to IEC 62271-
100 standard. Rated operating sequence must be 0-0.3sec-CO-3min-CO. Operating time for
opening, breaking and closing, less than 100ms. Circuit breaker must be E1/M1/C1 type (electrical,
mechanical endurance and capacitor breaking/making ability) according to relevant standard.
Circuit breaker operating mechanism will be outside the SF6 tank, and electrically operated. The
operating mechanism should consist in the following items. Spring system that stores the
necessary energy for opening and closing operation. Spring charging system (motor operated)
that automatically recharges the springs after the main contacts of the CB have closed.
Mechanical “charged-discharged” position indicator for CB opening and closing springs. Manually
operated spring charging system (in case of lack of auxiliary power supply).
 Electrical system including:
Closing coil
Tripping coil
Anti pumping relay
Mechanical emergency trip pushbutton.
Circuit breaker shall be provided with two trip coils. Suitable indicators shall be provided on
the front of panel to indicate OPEN / CLOSED conditions of the circuit breaker, and
CHARGED / DISCHARGED conditions of the closing spring, SF6 gas density monitor for all gas
compartments and trip Coil / Circuit supervisions indicating lamp.
The closing coil shall operate satisfactorily at all values of control supply voltage between 85-
110% of the rated voltage. The trip coil shall operate satisfactorily under all operating
conditions of the circuit breaker up to its rated short circuit breaking current at all values of
control supply voltage between 70-110% of the rated voltage. The trip coil shall be so designed
that it does not get energized when its healthiness is monitored by indicating lamps and trip coil
supervision relay.
Electrical parameters of the breakers:

1 Nominal System Voltage 33 KV

.
1 Highest System Voltage 36 kV(rms)

2 No. of Poles 3

3 No. of Trip Coil 2

4 Frequency 50Hz

5 Basic Insulation Level 170 kV (p), 70KV (rms)

6 Operating Duty 0-0.3sec-CO-3min-CO

7 Total Break time for any current upto 3 cycles max (60ms)

8 Control Circuit Voltage 110 V DC +10% to-20%

theratedbreakingcurrent
9 Continuous Current rating at Ambient
temperature ( 50° C) of Incomer and1250 Amp
Outgoing

10 Continuous Current rating at Ambient

temperature ( 50° C) of Bus coupler 1600Amp

11 Short Circuit Breaking Current 25 KA for 3 Sec

2.03 Disconnector and earthing switch

The Earthing Disconnector will operate always de-energized and the making capacity is
provided by the circuit-breaker, which is designed for these purposes. The Disconnector
must be according to the latest edition of the IEC 62271-102 and shall meet requirements as
specified in paragraph ratings. The indication of the position of the Disconnector must be
mechanical. The Operating mechanism must be outside the SF 6 atmosphere and accessible
from the front. The Disconnector must be of single rotation-driving axis both for the
Disconnector and the Earthing switch. It is mandatory that the operation from “closed to
busbar” to “ready to earth” is made in two separate operations, closed - open and open - ready
to earth. These are completely independent operations, with two separated operating access.
Isolators or isolators combined with earthing switches (switches-Open, Close Earthed) shall
be motor operated. In case of emergency, Manual operation must be possible. The earthing
position of all 3 phases must be visible via a mechanical position indicator (MIMIC) directly
connected to the drive shaft on panel front Fascia. The mechanical operation of
isolator/disconnector switch must be possible with door closed for operator safety.
The interlocks shall be provided as per standards. It shall be possible to control these
switches from front of the panel & remotely from SCADA through IED. Key interlocks shall
also be provided for local manual operations.

2.04 Mechanical Safety and Interlocks:

i) The switchboard must be fitted with all the interlocks needed to prevent incorrect
operations which may jeopardize safety of personnel in charge of operating the
installation, as well as the efficiency and reliability of the apparatus. Internal
mechanical interlocks of the panel with the circuit breaker closed, the interrogation
slide is locked for the disconnector and the earthing switch. (Restriction to the
insertion of Hand Crank for Disconnector-Earth Switch when CB is ON).

ii) The interrogation slide always release some insertion opening only (disconnector or
earthing switch), or both of them are locked.(To ensure that either Disconnector -or
Earth Switch operating at a time)
The crank for the disconnector and earthing switches can only be removed in its
appropriate end position.
iii) When the crank on the disconnector or earthing switch is still in place, or when the
interrogation slide is open, the following components are locked:
- ON push button of circuit breaker
- ON pulse is interrupted
iv) In particular, the following mechanical interlocks at least must be provided to
prevent;
i. Operation in busbar if the circuit breaker is closed.
ii. Closing of the earthing switch when busbar isolator are closed.

v) The following interlocking dependencies must be provided-

• Interdependence of disconnector with earthing switch in the same panel.
• Interdependence of the circuit breaker and the earthing switch in the same
panel.
 • Dependence of the disconnector /Circuit breaker on the buscoupler circuit
breaker and vice versa.
vi) The basic interlocking between disconnector switch and circuit breaker may be
achieved by aux relays/other mechanical control equipments. The interlocking logic
shall be operational and shall be foolproof and independent in the event of
relay/BCU failure for operator's safety.
vii) Gas Pressure Interlock with alarm (Not Tripping) must be there.

2.05 Earthing and Earthing Devices

a. The grounding system for GIS shall be designed and provided as per IEEE-80-2000
and CIGRE- 44 to protect operating staff against any hazardous touch voltages and
electro-magnetic interferences.
b. The earth busbar made of electrolytic high grade copper with cross sectional area of
minimum 300 sq mm shall be provided at the bottom in all the panels and
interconnected with adjacent panels in the panel board through a connecting link to
form a common earth busbar for the entire panel board ready to connect to the
substation earthing grid. It shall be welded to the framework of each panel and each
breaker earthing contact bar. The earth bus shall have sufficient cross section
(minimum 300 sq mm) to carry the momentary short-circuit and short time fault
currents to earth without exceeding the allowable temperature rise.
c. Suitable arrangement shall be provided at each end of the earth bus for bolting to
station earthing grid. All joint splices to the earth bus shall be made through at least
two bolts and taps by proper lug and bolt connection.
d. All non-current carrying metal work of the switchboard shall be effectively bonded to
the earth bus. Electrical continuity of the whole switchgear enclosure frame work and
the truck shall be maintained even after painting.
e. All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panel mounted equipment shall be
connected to earth by independent stranded copper wires of size not less than 2.5 sq.
mm. Insulation colour code of earthing wires shall be green. Earthing wires shall be
connected to terminals with suitable clamp connectors and soldering shall not be
acceptable. Looping of earth connections which would result in loss of earth connection
to other devices, when a device is removed is not acceptable. However, looping of earth
connections between equipment to provide alternative paths of earth bus is acceptable.

f. PT and CT secondary neutral point earthing shall be at one place only on the terminal
block. Such earthing shall be made through links so that earthing of one secondary
circuit may be removed without disturbing the earthing of other circuits.
g. The panel shall have Voltage Presence Indicator (VPI) to warn the operator against
earthing of live connections.
h. All hinged doors shall be earthed through flexible earthing braid.
i. Separate earthing for switchgear and composite VCB panel shall be provided.

2.06 Instrument Transformers

a. All current transformers shall be ring type (epoxy/cast resin) where as voltage
transformers (PT) shall be cast resin insulated type. Must provide details of ratio,
output, class and accuracy for all CTs & PTs in its supply on the panel itself
b. Instrument transformers shall be suitable for continuous operation at the ambient
temperature prevailing inside the switchgear enclosure , when the switchboard is
operating at its rated load and the outside ambient temperature is 55 ° C. The class
of insulation shall be E or better.

c. The secondary windings of CTs & PTs shall be earthed at one point through a
removable link, with provision for attaching test links.

d. The current transformers, Inductive type, shall be in accordance to IEC60185,

IEC60044-1 read with latest revisions and the general requirements. As detailed in
foregoing paras of specification. The current transformers shall be core cast resin
type and shall comply with the ratings indicated in the single line diagram. They shall
be outside gas compartment. The secondary wiring of 2.5 sq.mm. shall be taken out to
the LV compartment via bushings.

e. The Potential transformers shall be in accordance to IEC 60185, IEC60196.

IEC60044-3 read with the latest revisions and general requirements as detailed in
foregoing paras of specification. Easy access to Potential Transformers should be
possible from front side of GIS.

f. Epoxy encapsulated/Metal enclosed Potential Transformers Single Pole insulated PTs

which can be simply and safely changed shall be used exclusively. They shall be Plug in
type / withdrawable type and mounted outside the gas compartment for better
accessibility and maintenance.

g. To allow this switchboard with the primary directly plugged to the line. A remote
operated isolator has to be installed to enable disconnecting of the bus voltage
transformer from line for partial discharge and cable testing.

h. Currant transformers shall be rated to withstand the thermal and magnetic stresses
resulting from the maximum available through fault current, the momentary and time
rating requirements same as that of the switchgear.

i. Must provide calculations together with current transformer magnetization curves to

prove the through fault stability of the protection up to the switchgear fault rating.

j. Secondary terminals of current transformers and potential transformers shall be

wired to disconnecting type terminal blocks, located at an accessible place in air filled
low voltage compartment. The CT TBs shall be provided with short- circuiting links for
each CT shorting and connection to earth. Alternatively, facilities for testing the CTs
shall be provided by means of separate test blocks associated with each set of CTs.
Each CT connection to the TBs shall be provided with ring type lugs. All wiring shall be
colour coded.
k. Use of current and voltage sensors each high linearity over the entire working range and
incorporating potential/capacitive divider circuit for connection to voltage indicator
lamps.

l. Name plates shall be fixed in a position so that details can easily be read when fitted in
the cubicle.

m. Bus bar voltage transformers shall have provisions for safely disconnecting the
fuses and transformers from energized bus. Where plug in with drawable types are
used shutters shall be provided to automatically seal off the high voltage spouts when
the transformers are withdrawn.

n. Primary Injection Terminal of CT should be open for testing.

o. PT Selection scheme must be there

p. Accessible test links and terminals, with the following facilities, shall be provided for
each CT and PT
• Source side short circuit of CT secondary.
• Burden side short circuit of CT secondary.
• Insertion of external device (including injection test set) in secondary lead of each CT
or star point lead.
• Each phase and neutral of VT secondary for test equipment take off.
• Connection of any source side transformer's differential protection relays

q. CT Technical Parameters

i. 11kV Incomer panel

Sl. No. ITEM Core-I Core-II Core-III

i. Purpose metering protection Differential Relay

ii. Primary Current rating 600-400 600-400 600-400

Amps Amps Amps
iii. Secondary Current rating 1Amps 1Amps 1Amps
iv. Rated Burden 15VA 15VA 15VA

v Accuracy Class 0.5 5P15 PS

vi Accuracy Limit Factor / 10 10 PS

Instrument Security
factor
 ii. 11kV outgoing panel

Sl. No. ITEM Core-I Core-II

i. Purpose metering protection

ii. Primary Current rating 200-100 Amps 200-100 Amps

iii. Secondary Current rating 1Amps 1Amps

iv. Rated Burden 15VA 15VA

v Accuracy Class 0.5 5P15

vi Accuracy Limit Factor / 10 10

Instrument Security factor

iii. 33 kV Incomer panel

Sl. No. ITEM Core-I Core-II Core-III

i. Purpose Metering protection Special

ii. Primary Current rating 400-200 Amps 400-200 Amps 400-200 Amps

iii. Secondary Current rating 1Amps 1Amps 1Amps

iv. Rated Burden 15VA 15VA 15VA

v Accuracy Class 0.5 5P20 PS

vi Accuracy Limit Factor / 10 10 PS

Instrument Security factor

iv. 33 kV outgoing panel

Sl. No. ITEM Core-I Core-II Core-III

i. Purpose Metering protection Special

ii. Primary Current rating 400-200 Amps 400-200 Amps 400-200 Amps

iii. Secondary Current rating 1Amps 1Amps 1Amps

iv. Rated Burden 15VA 15VA 15VA

v Accuracy Class 0.5 5P20 PS

vi Accuracy Limit Factor / 10 10 PS

Instrument Security factor
 xvi) PT Technical parameters
The voltage transformers shall be inductive metal-enclosed transformers.

Sl. No. ITEM 11 KV 33 KV

i. Voltage class 12 KV 36 KV
ii. Rated primary voltage(kV rms) 11000 / √3V 33000/√3

iii. Secondary voltage (volts) 110 / √3V 110/√3

Core I : 50 VA
(metering)
iv. Rated Burden 100 VA Core II : 50 VA
(protection)

v Accuracy Class 0.5 Core I : 0.5

Core II : 3P
vi Class of Insulation E or better E or better
vii One minute power frequency withstand voltage for 1.2 continuous and 1.2 continuous and
Secondary wiring (kV rms) 1.5 for 30 sec. 1.9 for 30seconds

viii Method for earthing the system Solidly Impedence

earthed earthed

PT’s for Busbar Voltage metering

Location Mounting

Directly connected to the Busbar system (Plug type connection) Over

In Busbar Compartment
the Busbar.

3. CABLE TERMINATIONS:
3.1 Power cables shall be bottom entry, unless specified otherwise. Facilities shall be
provided for cable testing and current and voltage injection. A socket/bushing and plug
assembly shall be provided for the power cables.
3.2 Connections for power cables shall be plug in type/push on, according to DIN
47637outer cone type as per relevant IEC.
3.3 Cable terminating facilities and terminals shall be for the specified cable type, gland
and conductor size.
3.4 Terminal blocks shall be arranged and positioned to afford easy access for carrying out
external cable termination, testing, inspection and maintenance. There shall be
clear space allowed between the terminals and the gland-plate for the spread in gland
termination of external conductors.
3.5 The panel wiring shall be on one Side of the terminal block only. No more than two wires
shall be connected to a terminal.
3.6 Terminal blocks shall be shrouded or provided with transparent covers. Pinch screw type
terminals are not acceptable.
 3.7 Terminals for different voltages shall be separated by partitions. CT wiring and control
wiring shall not be on the same terminal stripe.
3.8 A terminal box or chamber with un-drilled gland plate or entry panel of sufficient
dimensions to terminate the specified cables shall be provided.
3.9 Positioning of cable terminations shall avoid obstruction of other cable terminations;
removable covers etc. and provide for easy access for terminating cables.
3.10 Cable supports shall be provided (where practicable)to avoid undue strain on the cable
termination.
3.11 Separate terminal arrangements shall be provided for each panel and for power and
control cables.
3.12 SCADA terminal should be terminated in separate SCADA Panel for both 11 KV & 33 KV
separately
4.0 Low voltage Compartment (Instrument Chamber)

4.1 The panels shall be with low voltage compartment consisting control switches,
indication and metering instruments, protection relays and other secondary
equipment’s. The dynamic mimic shall be provided on the front fascia and not on the
LV chamber.

4.2 The front side shall have Mimic as per single line diagram with control switches and
mechanical and electrical ‘Position indicators’ circuit breakers, disconnectors and
earth switches

4.3 Control switches/Push buttons shall be provided adjacent to respective equipment

position indicators in Mimic for ON-OFF operation of circuit breakers,
disconnectors and earth switches.

4.4 The Communication device shall have USB/RJ 45 communication port in the front
for the setting software use and at the back there has to be of this communication
port: 2xRJ-45 Ethernet port.

4.5 The Communication device shall support following communication protocols: Native
IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU, Human-Machine communication,
display and Human-machine communication, PC.

4.6 The IEC 61850 communication has to support peer to peer communication (GOOSE).
The IEC 61850 interface has to able configure through setting software. Also the
same setting software has to be able to generate ICD files.

4.7 Live line Indicators: - Capacitive voltage indicators shall be provided on feeder side
in outgoing feeders, on bus side & feeder side in incoming feeders and on both the
sides in Bus coupler to indicate the voltage presence in each phase and to prevent
the closing of earth switch in case the part is live. It shall have sufficient output
contacts for substation Automation System and interlock purpose.

4.8 Panel interlocking wiring cables shall be supplied with panels.

4.9 End termination required for cables should be touch proof type, EURO mould.
5.0 . M E T E R I N G P R O T E C T I O N , C O N T R O L A N D I N D I C A T I O N :

5.1 Meters and relays shall be capable of withstanding, without damage the secondary currents
associated with the maximum available through fault current same as switchgear rated
fault current. External zero adjustment shall be possible to facilitate adjustment without
dismantling the instrument.
5.2 Protection and metering devices shall be flush mounted, where possible shall be
withdrawable.
5.3 Protective relays shall be of the solid state, microprocessor-based programmable type
with serial communication facilities.
5.4 Relays should have Check – Synchronization facility.
5.5 Protective relays shall have electrical-reset facilities and clear operation indication,
e.g. light emanating diodes. Non-tripping relays may be self-resetting if an indication of
operation remains until hand reset.
5.6 Relay shall have front RJ 45/USB port for communication to a local PC with rear RJ45 port
for connection to remote operation on IEC61850 protocol without any external convertor.
5.7 Relay shall have circuit breaker failure protection built-in.
5.8 Trip Relay should have electrical reset facility.
5.9 Relay shall have under and over voltage protection for Incomer Panels.
5.10 Indication lamps (green-open, red-closed, amber-tripped, white-trip circuit healthy plus
Service Position, and Circuit Earthed) shall be provided for each circuit breaker. Status
of spring charging mechanism (Charged or Discharged) and positive drive mechanical
position indicators, visible without opening the cubicle door, shall be provided for each
circuit breaker. Volt-free contacts for remote indication shall be provided. Indications
may be incorporated in the multifunction relay via relay LEDs.
5.11 Control of circuit breakers shall be carried out from a control switch at the low voltage
compartment door. Provisions shall be implemented at the switchgear for breaker
control from a remote control panel. Where a multifunction relay is specified the control
feature available in the relay may also be used. Switchgear mounted and remote manual
tripping facilities shall act direction the trip coil. Manual trips via relays are not
acceptable.

5.12 As minimum, the following signal/indication shall be provided locally and remotely:
Conditions Locally Remote

Circuit Breaker status : ON / Open/Closed Status

OFF
Earthing switch status Earthed/Open Status

Control Status Manual (test)/Auto/Off Alarm-Non auto

Circuit Breaker tripped Alarm

Loss of control power Alarm
onfault
All metering Display Values
 Trip Circuit : Healthy / Auto Display status
Trip / Test / Service

5.13 Alarm Scheme – Alarm & Annunciation and scheme must be at Feeder & Bus coupler.
a) Alarm scheme for trip alarm due to electrical faults-
Trip commands due to operation of protective relays will actuate bell and will be
cancelled by the circuit breaker control handle. Auto trip lamp will glow on the panel and
there will be flag indication on the concerned protective relay/auxiliary relay of the
panel.
b) Alarm scheme for non trip alarm:
This scheme will conform to the following:
i. The closing of an initiating contact snail actuate a buzzer and will be
accompanied by a flag indication on the concerned auxiliary relay.
ii. The closing of an initiating contact shall glow a lamp, which will not reset until
the fault has cleared.
iii. It shall be possible to silence tree buzzer by pressing ‘accept' pushbutton. If
after canceling the alarm but before resetting the visual signal, the same fault
persists the buzzer shall be suppressed.
iv. If after canceling the alarm but before resetting the visual signal some other fault
takes place then the alarm accompanied by the flag indication on the concerned
auxiliary relay shall take place.
v. If after canceling the alarm and after resetting the visual signal, the same
fault appears or some other fault takes place, the alarm flag indication and non-
trip lamp indication shall reappear as usual.
vi. The non-trip alarm acceptance shall be by means of a pushbutton and resetting of
visual signal may also be done through a push button.
vii. Non-trip Alarm and buzzer shall be actuated in case of low SF6 pressure in any of
the compartments in the GIS as well as for AC fail, DC fail, Transformer non
trip supervision.
viii. Means shall be provided for test checking the alarm and lamp circuits.
ix. The equipment shall be suitable for 110VDC operations.

5.14 Metering Scheme

a) Voltmeter shall be accompanied by a suitable selector switch facilitating the
measurement of voltage between phase to phase and between phase to neutral. The
voltmeter coil shall be rated for 110 Volts between phase to phase obtainable from
the secondary of potential transformers. The instrument shall be of moving iron
spring controlled type grade 'A' classification with an accuracy class of 1 and shall
conform to IS: 1248- 1983.IS:2419-1963 (latest version thereof) or relevant BIS,
IEC or ASA standard.
b) Suitably sealed ammeter to cover CTs ratio be accompanied by a selector switch
facilitating the measurement of phase currents as well as the unbalanced current in
the neutral. The ammeter coil shall be rated for 1Amp. The instrument shall be of
moving iron spring controlled type of industrial grade 'A' classification with an
accuracy class1 and shall conform to IS:1248-1983,IS:2419-1963 (latest version
thereof) or relevant BIS/I.E.C standard.
 5.15 Protection Scheme
a) Transformers panels
Triple pole over current relay IDMTL type with high set elements for Over
Current Protection, a triple pole inverse definite minimum time lag over Current
relay with a setting range of 50%-200%(of1 Amp Rating) and also fitted with high
set elements of 500%-2000% of 1A for instantaneous clearance of faults within
the transformer(s) shall be provided on each of the transformer panel. For
restricted earth fault protection to 11KV winding of the power transformer, an
instantaneous balanced earth fault relay shall be provided on each of the
transformer panel. The relay shall have a setting range of 10%-40% of 1Amp.&
shall be complete with 50Hz circuit & stabilizing resistance. 33 kv REF to be
provided. Both sides RE/F relay to be provided.
b) Line Panel
Triple pole combined over current and earth fault relay:-
Tripple pole combined over current and earth fault relay consisting of outer two
over current elements having setting range 50% to 200% of 1 Amp having IDMTL
characteristics and inner earth fault element having setting range of 10-40% of1
Amp having IDMTL characteristics shall be provided on each of the 33KV line
panel.
c) Potential free contacts required from relay for SCADA
purpose. The analog signals shall be RS485 port
i) DC supply fail
ii) Inter trip to breaker from Relay
iii) Breaker failure protection

d) Line PT Synchronization scheme to be provided. Check Synchro, EF, REF,

Differential, Under Voltage , OC protection to be provided. Line PT in
incomer side.

6.0 FEEDER PROTECTION (33KV) :

6.1 The device shall contain all the necessary protection functions/ completed
protection scheme for feeder and motor applications. The functions are as
follows (including separate Relay for differential & REF Protection):
• Overcurrent (50/51), 3 stages
• Earth fault (50N/51N), 4 stages
• Directional overcurrent (67), 4 stages
• Directional earth fault (67N), 3 stages
• Broken line (46R)
• Thermal overload (49)
• Zero sequence voltage (59N), 2 stages
• Overvoltage (59), 3 stages
• Under voltgae (27), 3 stages
 • Over frequency (81H), 2 stages
• Under frequency (81L), 2 stages
• Rate of change of frequency (81R)
• Magnetizing inrush (68F2)
• Over excitation (68F5)
• Reverse power (32)
• Auto reclose function (79)
• Circuit breaker failure (50BF)
• Synchrocheck (25)
• Latched trip (86)
• Programmable stages (99), 8 pcs

6.2 Overcurrent protection shall have a wide range of time overcurrent protection curve
settings, providing a choice of curve types:

• Standard delay characteristics curve family: IEC, IEEE, IEEE2 and RI

Standard delay formulae with free parameters selecting a curve family
(IEC, IEEE, IEEE2) and defining one’s own parameters for the selected
formula
⚫ Fully programmable inverse delay characteristics

6.3 Pick-up setting of three over current stages have to be able to control remotely.
6.4 Changing setting groups has to able to do via: manually, digital inputs, virtual inputs,
virtual outputs or LED indicator signals.

6.5 The device shall have force start and trip condition for testing.
6.6 Any protection function has to be able to block by internal and external signals using
block matrix.

7.0 TRANSFORMER PROTECTION :

Annunciation Scheme for 10 MVA Transformer (individually controlled ) to indicate
following functions:-
• Differential protection(87) operated 1 no.
• Non-directional protection (O/C+E/F) operated 1 no., 3 stages
• Oil Temp./Winding Temp/MOG Alarm for transformer 1 no.
• Oil Temp./Winding Temp Trip for transformer 1 no.
• REF 64R( HV side) tripped 1 no.
• REF 164R( LV side) tripped 1 no.
• Buchholz Alarm for transformer 1 no.
• Buchholz Trip for transformer 1 no.
• OLTC Buchholz/ Main Tank PRV Trip for transformer 1 no.
• AC fail 1 no.
• Trip Circuit/Coil 1or 2 Trip Circuit/Coil 2 Unhealthy 1 no.
• Non-directional O/C & E/F Relay Trouble 1 no.
• Differential relay trouble1 no.
However, Differential & REF Relays to be accommodated in different two nos. numeric
relay modules.
8.0 SCADA Compatibility
The panels shall be fully SCADA compatible.

9.0 TYPE TEST

Manufacturers of HV switchgear shall be able to manage a first party conformity
assessment procedure, as defined by ISO 17000, and to provide the associated
deliverables “Declaration of Conformity” for the performances stated in this
specification. The supplier shall ensure the validity of the declarations over the time.
The switchgear must be type tested according to latest relevant IEC standards. The
next type tests might be required during tendering process according to the IEC 62271-
200 standards.

• Tests to verify the insulation level of the equipment

• Tests to prove the temperature rise of any part of the equipment and measurement of
the resistance of circuits
• Test to prove the capability of the main and Earthing circuits to be subjected to the
rated peak and the rated short time withstand currents
• Test to prove the making and breaking capacity of the included switching devices.
• Test to prove the satisfactory operation of the included switching devices
(operation and mechanical endurance test)
• Test to verify the protection of persons against access to hazardous parts and the
protection of the equipment against solid foreign objects (IP protection degree)
• Test to verify the strength of gas filled compartments
• Tightness test of gas filled compartments

10.0 Routine Tests.

The switchgear shall be subjected to routine tests as per the latest relevant IEC standards.
The following tests shall be performed at the supplier's factory:
• Visual inspection of: dimensions (according to drawings), painting thickness and
adherence, appearance, protection degree, electric devices and polarity of connections.
• Electrical tests for low voltage compartment: dielectric test and voltage drop.
• Dielectric withstand at power frequency for the entire switchgear.
• Voltages drop of main circuit.
• Voltages Gas leakage test with helium in every switchgear.
• Mechanical/electrical operation and cabling of main circuit and auxiliary circuits.

11.0 Site Tests.

The complete GIS assembly shall be tested at site after installation, under the
manufacturer’s supervision. The following site tests shall be carried out:
• Visual inspection
• Dielectric withstand test at power frequency for the busbar.
• Voltage drop test for busbar.
• Complete functional tests.
12. GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR SWITCHGEAR (33 KV GIS)

Sl. No. Particulars 33 kV GIS (Cubicle type)

1.a Type (Model No.) To be specified by the bidder.
1.b Standard Applicable IEC-62271-100 / IEC-62271-200
2. Service Indoor
3.a Enclosure - Tank Stainless steel
3.b Enclosure - Panel CRCA
4. Nominal System Voltage 33 kV
5. Highest System Voltage 36 kV
6. No. of phases and frequency 3ph. 50 Hz
7. Busbar material Copper
8. Bus Color code RYB
9. System Earthing Impedence earthed
10. Circuit Breaker Rating 1250 A (IC & OG), 1600 A (BC)
10.1 Continuous Current Rating at 50° C 630A
10.2 Short Circuit Rating 25 kA
10.3 Short Circuit duration 3 sec
10.4 Internal Arc Rating 25 kA
10.5 Internal Arc Duration 1 sec
11. Rated making Current As per IEC-62271
12 Operating duty O-0.3sec-CO-3 minutes -CO
13 Leakage rate per year in gas Less than 0.2%
compartment
14. Busbar rating 1600 A
15. Outgoing feeder rating 1250 A
16. Power Frequency Withstand voltage 70 kV for 1 minute
17. Impulse withstand voltage 170 kV
(1.2/50 micro sec)
18. Control Voltage 110 V DC
19 Spring charge motor voltage 110 V DC
20. CT Ratio 400-200 / 1-1
(during detail engineering)
21. PT ratio -STAR/ STAR (33/√3) / (.11/√3) / (. 11/√3)
22. Aux. Contacts 6 NO + 6 NC
23. Termination
23.1 Incomers XLPE Cables as specified
23.2 Outgoings XLPE Cables as specified
24. Degree of protection (HV equipment) IP – 65 for Gas Compartment
25 Dimensions 1785 (D) X 800 (W) X 2600 (H)
26 Aux. PT (if required) For open ∆connection
 SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF 33KV GIS FOR
BREAKERS / PANELS

01. Manufacturer's Name and Country of origin

01.1 Manufacturing Facilities for GIS in INDIA
01.2 Manufacturing Location
02. Manufacturer's Design / type Ref
03. Frequency
04. Rated Voltage
05. Highest system voltage
06. Rated current
07. Short Circuit current rating with duration
08. Certificate or report of short circuit type test
09. Rated operating duty cycle
10. Short Circuit Breaking Current :
(a) Symmetrical
(b) Symmetrical at rated voltage
(c) Asymmetrical at rated voltage
(i) Per Phase
(ii) Average
11 (iii) D.C.Component
Arcing time (at rated breaking current) in ms.
12 Opening time
13 Total break time in milli sec.
(a) At 10% rated interrupting capacity
(b) At rated interrupting capacity
14. Make time in ms.
Dry 1 minute power frequency withstand test voltage
15. (a) Between line terminal and Earth KV rms
(b) Between terminals with breaker contacts open
1.2/50 full wave impulse withstand test voltage
16. (a) Between line terminal and Earth KVrms
(b) Between terminals with breaker contacts open KVp

17 Control Circuit Voltage DC

18 Power required for Closing Coil at 110 V
19 Power required for Tripping Coil at 110 V
20 Whether Trip free or not
21 Whether all the interlocks provided
22 Overall dimensions
23 Total weight of one complete Breaker
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 33KV
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

01. Manufacturer's Name and country of origin

02. Manufacturer's design Ref / Model
03. Applicable Standards
04. Type
05. Rated Primary current
06. Rated secondary current
07. Rated frequency
08. Transformation ratios
09 Number of cores
10 Rated output (Core wise)

11 Class of insulation
12 Class of accuracy
(a) For metering
(b) For
Protection
(c) PS Class
13 Short circuit current rating and its duration
14 One minute power frequency dry withstand voltage
15 1.2/50 micro sec. impulse withstand test voltage
16 One minute power frequency withstand test voltage
on secondary
17 Instrument safety factor
18 Type of primary winding

SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 33KV POTENTIAL

TRANSFORMERS

01. Manufacturer's Name and country of origin

02. Manufacturer's design reference
03. Applicable Standards
04. Type
05. Ratio
06. Rated Primary voltage
07. Rated secondary voltage
08. Rated frequency
09. Class of accuracy
10. No. of phase and method of connection
11. Burden
12. One min. power frequency dry flash over voltage
13. 1.2/50 micro sec. impulse withstand test voltage
14. Class of insulation
 SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR NUMERICAL RELAYS

01. Manufacturer's Name and country of origin

02. Manufacturer's design Ref / Type
03. Applicable Standards
04 Current setting range for
(a)Over current relay IDMTL
Instantaneous
(b) Earth-fault relay IDMTL
Instantaneous
(c) Contact Rating
05. Details on IDMTL characteristics
06 Whether High Set is Transient free

07 Whether separate Time setting for IDMTL /

Instantaneous Elements available
08 Whether Relay senses True RMS Current
09. Accuracy for different settings and limits of
10 errors
Whether settings site selectable and HMI provided
11 Whether Alpha Numeric LED display
12. Whether Compatible for 110 V DC
13 Whether Compatible for 1 A CT Secondary
14 Whether Self diagnostic features available
15 Whether Communication Port RS 485 Compatible
for IEC 61850

16 Whether Blocking characteristics available for

blocking the unscrupulous tripping of Upstream
Breakers
17. a) Whether relay test block is
provided
b) Type of test block with literature
18. Whether draw out type unit or not
19. Types of case
20. Reset time
21. Burden of relay
22. Maximum and Minimum operating ambient air
temperature
 (B) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 12KV,800A,18.4KA,MULTI PANEL

(Incoming, Bus Coupler and Outgoing)

SHUNT TRIP, INDOOR TYPE SCADA COMPATIBLE SWITCHGEAR WITH

MOTOR OPERATED SPRING CLOSING VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER

1.0 CODES & STANDARDS:

Ratings, characteristics, tests and test procedures, etc. for the 11kV metal-clad switchgear

panels and all the protection relays, measuring and indicating instruments and the control and

monitoring devices and accessories, including current transformers and voltage transformers shall

comply with the provisions and requirements of the standards of the International Electrotechnical

Commission (IEC), IS where specified.

The latest revision or edition in effect at the time of bid invitation shall apply. Where references

are given to numbers in the old numbering scheme from IEC it shall be taken to be the equivalent

number in the new five-digit number scheme. The bidder shall specifically state the precise

standard, complete with identification number, to which the various equipment and materials are

manufactured and tested. The bid document may not contain a full list of standards to be used, as

they only are referred to where useful for clarification of the text.

Standard Name / No Standard‟s Description

Indian Electricity Rules

1956 Latest edition
Indian electricity act 2003 Latest edition
IEC: 60694, IEC: 60298, IEC: 62271- 200, IEC: 60529. IS:
Switchgear and control gear 3427, IS 12729, IS 12063, IS:13947, IS: 9046

Circuit Breaker IEC 62271-100, IS 13118, IS 2516

Vacuum Interrupter IEC 60056
Current Transformers IEC:60185, IS 2705

Voltage Transformer IEC:60186, IS 3156

Indicating Instruments IS:1248

Energy Meters As mentioned in Technical Specification of Energy Meter

Relays IS 8686, IS 3231, IS 3842
Control switches and push
IS 6875
buttons
 Electromagnetic IEC 61000
Compatibility
Arrangement of switchgear IS 375
bus bars, main connection
and auxiliary wiring
Code of practice for IS 6005
phosphating iron & steel
Colours for ready mixed
IS 5
paints

2.0 Scope of Work: This Specification covers the design and engineering, manufacture,
testing at the manufacturer‘s factory, painting, packing for transport, insuring,
transportation by road and delivery at destination point of 12 kV, 800 A, 18.4KA,
Multi panel, shunt trip, Indoor Type, motor operated, spring closing Vacuum Circuit
Breaker having SCADA compatible facilities and complete with all accessories as
specified hereinafter.

2.1 UNIT OF MEASUREMENT AND LANGUAGE

In all correspondence, in all technical schedules and on all drawings prepared
by the manufacturer, the metric units of measurement shall be used. On
drawings or printed pamphlets where other units have been used, the equivalent
metric measurements shall be added. All documents, correspondence, drawings,
reports, operating and maintenance instructions/manuals and nameplate details
of the equipment shall be in English language.

3.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS:-

From the geographical condition, the area where the switchgear panels shall
be installed is categorized into the tropical climate zone. In choosing materials and their
finishes, due regard shall be given to the humid tropical conditions under which the
switchgear panels shall be called upon to work. The manufacturer of the switchgear panels
shall submit details of his usual practice of tropicalization which have proven satisfactory
for application to the switchgear panels and associated equipments to prevent rusting and
ageing in the tropical climate zone. The applicable standards for tropicalization shall be
listed.

Climatic condition: The equipment is required to operate satisfactorily under the following site
conditions:

Max. Ambient Temperature 50oC

Max. Ambient Temperature for design

purpose 40oC

Min. Ambient Temperature 4oC

Max. Relative Humidity 100%

Average no. of rainy days per annum 100 days

Elevation within 1000M from MSL

Maximum Wind Pressure 150kg/m2

Horizontal Acceleration due to seismic force 59/100

Pollution Level Heavily polluted atmosphere
The switchgear panels shall be installed in a room without air conditioning but with
ventilation to allow natural cooling. Therefore all the protection and control devices
employed shall be capable of operating in this environment without failure for their
designed life time. Particularly the power supply modules of the protection and control
devices shall be designed for minimum heat generation and effective heat dissipation to
ensure that the temperature of these devices enclosed in the relay panels at the above
listed ambient temperatures shall not exceed the maximum operating temperature of the
device.

3.1 Tropicalization

(a) All equipment must be designed for operations in the severe tropic climate conditions
and fully comply with climatic aging tests as per IEC 60932-class 2.
In choosing materials their finishes, due regard shall be given to the humid tropical
conditions under which the switchgear will be called upon to work. The
manufacturer shall submit details of his usual practice which have proven
satisfactory for application to the parts of the Switchgear panels, which may be
affected by tropical conditions.

• Metals:
Iron and Steel are generally to be painted or galvanized as appropriate.
Indoor parts may alternatively have chromium or copper-nickel plates or
other approved protective finish.
Small iron and steel parts (other than rustless steel) of all instruments and
electrical equipment, the cores of electromagnets and the metal parts of relays
and mechanisms shall be treated in an appropriate manner to prevent rusting.

• Screws, Nuts, Springs, e.t.c.:

The use of iron and steels shall be avoided in instruments and electrical relays
wherever possible. Steel screws shall be zinc, cadmium or chromium plated or
where plating is not possible owing to tolerance limitations, shall be of corrosion
resisting steel. Instrument screws (except those forming part of a magnetic
circuit) shall be of brass or bronze. Springs shall be of non-rusting material, e.g.,
phosphor-bronze or nickel silver, as far as possible.
 • Rubbers:
Neoprene and similar synthetic compounds, not subject to deterioration due
to the climatic conditions, shall be used for gaskets, sealing rings, diaphragms,
etc.

3.2 WORKING STRESS AND EQUIPMENT/APPARATUS DESIGN

3.2.1 General
a) The design, dimensions and materials of all parts shall be such that they will not suffer

damage under the most adverse conditions nor result in deflections and vibrations, which

might adversely affect the operation of the equipment. Mechanisms shall be constructed

to avoid sticking due to rust or corrosion.

b) The equipment and apparatus shall be designed and manufactured in the best and most

substantial and workmanlike manner with materials best suited to their respective

purpose and generally in accordance with up-to-date recognized standards of good

practice.

c) Whenever possible, all similar parts, including spare parts, shall be made

interchangeable. Such parts shall be of the same materials and workmanship and

shall be constructed to such tolerances as to enable substitution or replacement by

spare parts easily and quickly.

d) All equipment shall be designed to minimise the risk of fire and consequential damage, to

prevent ingress of vermin and dust and accidental contact with electrically energized or

moving parts. The switchgear panels shall be capable of continuous operation with

minimum attention and maintenance in the exceptionally severe conditions likely to be

obtained in a tropical climate and where the switchgear is called upon to frequently

interrupt fault currents on the system and also where the duty of operation is high.

3.2.2 Strength and quality

a) All steel castings and welding shall be stress-relieved by heat treatment before machining,

and castings shall be stress-relieved again after repair by welding.

b) Liberal factors of safety shall be used throughout, especially in the design of all

parts subject to alternating stresses or shocks.

3.2.3 Designed data for low voltage equipment

Low voltage equipment and installation shall be designed in accordance with

EMC(Electromagnetic Compatibility, IEC 61000) directives. The rating and design criteria

for low voltage equipment shall be as follows:

AC Supply Rating system

i. Rated voltage between phase 415 V AC

ii. Connection type 3ph 4wire

iii. Rated voltage between phase to earth 240 V AC

iv. Grounding system PME

v. Frequency 50 HZ

vi. Voltage variation ± 10 %

vii. Frequency variation ± 5 %

viii. Power frequency 1 min, Test Voltage 3 kV

ix. Thermal rating of conductors 120 % of load

The AC supply shall be used for power circuit and for lighting, indication, motor

controls and similar small power circuits. Unless otherwise specified, the equipment provided

under this tender is to be capable of reliable operation at voltages as low as 85% of the rated

voltage, and to withstand continuously up to 110% supply voltage above the rated value of

240V or 415V AC.

DC Auxiliary Supply Rating

i. Equipment/Device Rated voltage 30V DC

ii. Connection type 2 wire.

iii. Voltage variation 24 to 40 V DC

The auxiliary dc supply shall be used for controls, indication, alarm, protection

relays, and circuit breaker tripping and closing circuit, etc. All equipment and apparatus

including the circuit breakers, protective relays, control devices and accessories,

measuring and indicating instruments and electronic equipment shall be capable of

satisfactory operation at 80% to 130% of the rated dc supply voltage. However, in case

of VCB, for tripping the range should be 70% to 110% and for closing that should be

85% to 110%.
 3.2.4 Electrical controls, auxiliaries and power supplies
(a) Responsibility for electrical control and auxiliaries.

The manufacturer shall provide all control, indication, alarm and protection devices and all

auxiliary equipment with wiring and interconnecting cable which are integral parts of or are

directly associated with or mounted on the switchgear panels to be supplied under this

tender. The design of protection and control schemes for the switchgear panels shall be

subject to approval of WBSEDCL.

b) Operation and control.

Interlocking devices shall be incorporated in the control circuit to ensure safety, and

proper sequence and correct operation of the equipment. The scheme will be finalised during

detailed engineering and drawing approval.

3.2.5 Corona and radio interference

a) Switchgear shall electrically be designed to avoid local corona formation and discharge likely
to cause radio interference.
b) The design of jointing of adjacent metal parts and surfaces shall be such as to prevent
corrosion of the contact surfaces and to maintain good electrical contact under service
conditions.
c) Particular care shall be taken during manufacture of busbar and fittings and
during subsequent handling to ensure smooth surface free from abrasion. All joints on the
busbar and the circuit within the switchgear board shall be silver or tin-plated to ensure good
electrical connection.

4.0 PANEL CONSTRUCTION

In the event of direct conflict between various order documents, the precedence of
authority of documents shall be as follows –

Dead front, floor- standing, rigid welded steel frames

4.1 Enclosure Type fully
compartmentalized, Metal clad, Vermin Proof, suitable for
indoor installation and provision for bolting to the floor.

IP 5X for High Voltage compartment and IP4X for Low

4.2 Enclosure degree of Voltage
protection compartment
4.3 Enclosure Material CRCA steel
4.4 Load bearing members Minimum 2.5 mm thick
 4.5 Doors and covers Minimum 2.0 mm thick
4.6 Gland Plate (detachable 3.0mm MS detachable type for 3 core cable and aluminium
type) 5.0mm for single core cables. Cable compartment shall have
an anti vermin guard plate for protection against entry by
rats,
rodents etc.

4.7 Maximum Dimension of 700mmx2000mmx2700mm.

the Panel (WxDxH)

Maximum operating height Operating height 1800 mm (max).

of the panel

4.8 Extensibility The Switchgear shall be designed so that future units can
be added to each sides (unless coupled to other euipment).
A removable plate will cover any unused openings in the
side of the panel.
4.9 Extension Bus and Bus In case of Single feeder panels, Identical Bus Bars and Bus Wires
Wires for connection with adjacent Incomer / Bus Coupler / Feeder
needs to be supplied.
4.10 Separate compartment for Bus bar, circuit breaker, HV incoming / outgoing cable,
LV instruments & relays.
4.11 Breaker compartment Separate with lockable handle (design with breaker trolley as
door the front cover is not acceptable)
4.12 Breaker to bus Through seal off bushings/Spout
bar compartment
4.13 Breaker to cable Through seal off bushings/Spout
compartment
4.14 Pressure relief devices To be provided for each HV Compartment. Each compartment
shall be separated from adjacent one by sheet steel barrier.

Non hygroscopic, track-resistant, high strength, epoxy

4.15 Bus support insulator insulators
(calculation for validating dynamic force withstand
capability to be submitted during detailed engineering)

4.16 Fixing arrangement Concealed hinged Bolted with SS bolts and Neoprene rubber
i. Doors gasket , washer
ii. Covers
iii. Gasket

4.17 Required HV cable 550mm for 11KV

termination height in
the cable
4.18 Panel Base Frame Steel base frame as per manufacturer‘s standard.
4.19 Handle Removable bolted covers for cable chamber and busbar
chamber shall be provided with ―C‖ type handles

4.20 Prevention of Internal Arc Shall be type tested against internal arc as per provision in
 IEC 62271-200. The Circuit Breaker, busbars and cable
compartments shall be provided with arc venting outlet. The
doors for the compartment shall be capable of withstanding
the effects of maximum internal arcing fault without being
blown off and causing danger to personnel and other
equipment. This should be proven by successful testing for
18.4 KA with duration 0.1 second as per relevant IEC
standard.
4.21 Test Terminal Block 13 Ways, 50A, 1100V with back connection. Dia of Entries
is 5 mm & overall dimension 250X50 mm, covered with
insulated cover. TTB should be disconnecting link type
suitable for 3 Phase 4 Wire Energy Meter. Screw type TTB
not acceptable.

4.22 Multiway terminal Block Delinking type, Rail/Channel mounted, Terminal Connector
and low voltage wiring to be used in CT Circuit & Screw type for other Circuit. The
Terminal Blocks should be suitable for 2.5 sq.mm wire and
covered with insulated transparent cover. Pitch should be
minimum 8mm & 10mm for Screw type & Delinking type
connectors respectively.
The low voltage cable shall be enclosed in grounded
metal conduit when routed through a high voltage
compartment. Control wiring shall be neatly bundled and tie
wrapped where applicable. Wiring shall be protected from
rubbing against door flanges or other parts of the
enclosure.
4.23 Cable Tray Netted Metal cable Tray of suitable size at the rear side of
Switchgear, preferably running at the top along the panel
for carrying the signal cables for SCADA interface to be
provided.

4.24 Remote Terminal Box To be provided suitably at the back side of the panel for
termination of the following cables :
A . Main AC / DC
B . Inter trip from up stream
C . SCADA related terminations
D . Inter connection for Differential protection etc.

4.25 Circuit Breaker

4.25.1 Mounting On withdraw able truck/trolley or carriage, with locking
facility in service position. Switchgear truck/trolley should
be floor mounted. Racking-in and Racking-out should be
such that one person can do it easily.
4.25.2 Switching duty a) Transformer oil filled and dry type
b) Underground cable with up to 10KM.

4.25.3 Interrupting medium Vacuum

4.25.4 Breaker operation Three separate identical single pole units operated through
the common shaft and shall be fully interchangeable
both
electrically and mechanically. Circuit breaker poles between
the interrupters and primary plug-in contacts shall be
fully
insulated with durable material. Each breaker shall be
provided with Mechanical ‗ON‘ and ‗OFF‘ facility by
operating
suitable closing and opening devices. each breaker shall be
provided with Mechanical ‗ON‘ and ‗OFF‘ indicators.
Each
breaker shall have three positions-service, test and
isolated/withdrawal marked. mechanical safety interlocks
shall
be provided so that it is not possible for a circuit breaker
a. To be put into the cubicle unless the truck is secured in
position.
b. To be either draw out or draw in from and to the service
position unless its contacts are safely open.
c. To be withdrawn or inserted in the fixed housing unless it is
at the withdrawable position.
d. To be operated in service position unless its primary and
secondary isolating contacts are fully engaged.
e. The circuit breaker racking equipment can be padlocked in
closed position.
f. Electrical close/trip operation should be dependent on
Local/Remote switch. However, protection trip and
emergency
trip circuit should be independent of Local/Remote Switch.

Re-strike free, trip free both electrically and mechanically,

4.25.5 Operating mechanism with electrical anti-pumping feature
One O-C-O operation possible after failure of power supply
to the spring charging motor.
Motor wound, spring, charged, stored energy type with
manual charging facility. One no. Breaker Truck operating
handle for every three panels needs to supply.
Mechanical Interlock – Rack IN and Rack OUT of the VCB
trolly possible only when the breaker door in close position.
The interlock should be clearly mentioned on the front door
of the breaker.

To be rated for substation DC voltage. Suitable for operation

4.25.6 Trip and Closing Coil at
minimum operating voltage of 70% for tripping and 85%
for
closing operation. Maximum Burden shall be about 250 watt
for
 each coil.

4.25.7 Truck The circuit breaker shall be mounted on an inbuilt carriage to

facilitate isolation and withdrawal of the breaker. Trolley of
the
VCB should be horizontally isolated and there should be a
minimum ground clearance of 0.55 meter between thimble
point of cable termination and GL. There should be a
minimum clearance of 300 mm between any 11kV live bus
and GL.
Trolley should be detachable from panel without any
additional
supporting trolley i.e. VCB trolley itself move on ground level.

4.26 Breaker Indications and

push buttons

i) Electrical and Mechanical type in front of the panel

ii) Mashroom type Emergency Off push button will be
ON/OFF/Emergency trip provided with a protective flap in front of the panel.
4.26.1 push button

4.26.2 Mechanical ON-OFF On breaker trolley front

indication
4.26.3 Operation counter On breaker trolley front
4.26.4 Test-service position On the front of the panel
indicator
4.26.5 Mechanism On breaker trolley front
charge/discharge indicator
4.26.6 Breaker positions Service, test and isolated
4.26.7 Inter changeability The Circuit Breakers of Incomer, Bus Coupler & Feeder
Panels should be interchangeable.
4.26.8 Breaker control On panel front only
Handle Breaker shall be provided with handles for easy handling,
4.26.9 rack in-out operation and manual spring charging as
applicable.
4.27 Functional Requirements
4.27.0 Interlock and safety devices
4.27.1 Breaker compartment door Cannot be opened unless breaker is OFF and racked out to
opening test/isolated position
4.27.2 Breaker compartment door Should be possible even when breaker in isolated position
closing
4.27.3 Racking mechanism safety Mechanical type
interlock
4.27.4 Racking in or out of breaker When the breaker is closed
inhibited
Racking in the circuit Unless the control plug is fully engaged
4.27.5 breaker inhibited
4.27.6 Disconnection of control As long as the breaker is in service position
plug inhibited
4.28 Additional Requirement
Exposure to live parts In case the breaker panel door is required to be opened
during a contingency, the personnel should not be exposed to
any live parts. Suitable shrouds / barriers / insulating sleeves
4.28.1 should be provided as required.

a. Operation of breaker in a. In either service or test position

Local
b. Operation of breaker in b. Only in Service Position
Remote
4.28.2
c . Protection Trip c . Both in Local and Remote position of LR Switch.
4.28.3 Closing from local Only when local/remote selector switch is in local position
4.28.4 Closing from remote Only when local/remote selector switch is in remote position
4.28.5 Tripping from local Selector Switch in Local
4.28.6 Tripping from remote Selector switch in ‗Remote‘ position
4.28.7 Testing of breaker In test or isolated position keeping control plug connected
4.29. Safety shutters
4.29.1 Automatic safety shutter for To fully cover contacts when breaker is withdrawn to test.
primary disconnector Independent operating mechanism for bus bar & cable side
shutters, separately padlockable in closed position.

4.29.2 Label for identification For bus side and cable side shutters
4.29.3 Warning label on shutters of Clearly visible label ―isolate elsewhere before earthing‖ be
incoming and other provided
connections
4.30 Breaker electrical
4.30.1 Trip coil supervision relay To be given for breaker close and open condition.

4.30.2 Trip coil supervision relay For indication and alarm

contact
Master Trip Relay (NO) Wired directly to trip coil
4.30.3 Contact

4.30.4 Master trip relay (NC)contact Wired to inhibit closing of breaker

4.30.5 Emergency Trip Push button
contact
4.30.6 DC Control supply and AC
supply bus in all panels
Wired directly to trip coil of breaker
Fed by single DC and AC Incoming source in bus coupler panel
as well as all Incomers in case of total Switch Board.
Isolating
fuse units shall be provided for incoming supplies to each
switchgear unit.

4.30.7 PT supply bus in all panels Fed normally by Bus PT with changeover facility.

4.30.8 Spring Charge Limit switch
Aux. Contact Configuration
The circuit breaker shall be provided with motor operated
spring
charged closing. Spring charging by motor should be smooth
and hassle free and there should be nominal sound during
spring charging. Motor should be 230 Volt AC operated,
Tripping of the circuit breakers shall be through "Shunt trip"
coils
rated for 30V DC auxiliary supply. It shall be possible to trip
the
breaker manually in case of necessity.

2NC --- For Motor circuit

1 NO --- For Breaker Closing Circuit
1 NO --- For Breaker Closing permissive to be used in
IED/Relay.
1 NO --- For panel spring charged indication
AC operated contactor may be used for contact
multiplication
of Limit Switch, if required, for indication and spare
contacts.

4.30.9 Local/ Remote selector Switch should be 4 pole in each position, 2 way lockable and
switch stay put type.

5.1 Current Transformers Shall be cast resin type with insulation class of E or better.
Contact tips on primary side shall be silver plated. Correct
polarity shall be invariably marked on each primary and
secondary terminal.
Primary shall be wound or bar type, rigid, high conductivity
grade copper conductor. Unavoidable joints on the primary
conductor shall be welded type, preferably lap type. Current
density at any point shall not exceed 1.6 A/sq.mm. Suitable
insulated copper wire of electrolytic grade shall be used for
CT
secondary winding. Multi ratio in CT shall be achieved by
reconnection of secondary winding tapping. The secondary
terminals shall have screw type terminals. The screw should
have sufficient length for connection of at least two nos
wires
with plain and spring washers and minimum 10 mm clearance
between the adjacent screw.

5.2 CT Mounting To facilitate easy replacement of 11 KV CT afterwards, fixing

of CT in hanging condition/CT base plate fixed at the upper
covering of the CT Chamber may not be acceptable. Fixing in
horizontal upright condition over a base channel is preferable.
CT Secondary connection terminals should be clearly visible
and accessible from the back side of the breaker assembly
 just after opening the rear cover plate.

6.0.0 Potential Transformer

6.1.0 Type Potential Transformer should be Three Phase Five Limb
type or it should be combination of three no Single Phase
PT housed in a withdrawable carriage, Shall be cast resin
type with insulation class of E or better. Service position
locking mechanism shall be provided and indicated by bidder
in relevant drawing. Rigidity of primary stud point with
earth bus in service position shall be confirmed.
Connection of primary neutral with main earth bus to be
made with solid copper wire of minimum 10 mm diameter or
equivalent copper flat.
Contact tips of primary/secondary contacts shall be silver
plated. Correct polarity shall be distinctly marked on
primary and
secondary terminal. Secondary terminal studs shall be
provided
with at least three nuts, two plain and two spring washers
for
fixing leads. The stud, nuts and washers shall be of brass,
duly
nickel plated. The minimum outside diameter of the studs
shall
be 6 mm. the length of at least 15 mm shall be available on
the
studs for inserting the leads. The space clearance between
nuts
on adjacent studs when fitted shall be at least 10 mm.

6.2.0 Mounting Rail mounted on top of the Unit and connected on bus side.
It can be plugged into and withdraw from service by pulling
or pushing the PT by the handle provided on the PT. This
action traverses the PT along the rails and shall
automatically operate the spout shutters. The shutter drive
also forms a latch which holds the PT in the service position
and this latch shall be required to be released before PT can
be isolated.
Access to the PT and the reinforcement in the Panel for
allowing a person to stand on the Top should be provided.
Sealing arrangement of the PT with the carriage and
secondary fuses are to be provided.
Mounting of PT on the breaker truck is not acceptable.

7.0.0 Equipment Earthing

Two separate earthing terminals shall be provided in
7.1 Material of Earthing bus each
panel and shall be connected to the earth bus within the
panel.
The earth bus shall be of copper and shall have adequate
cross
sectional area. Earthing conductors shall be of annealed
high
 conductivity stranded Copper in accordance with Table-4 in
BS.6346 and protected with an extruded PVC sheath of
1100
volt grade. The earthing conductor on the primary
equipment as
well as for external connection to substation earthing grid
shall
be adequate to carry the rated switchgear short-circuit
current of
18.4kA for 1 second.

7.2. Earth bus joints A ground bus rated to carry maximum fault current shall be
furnished along the full length of the panel board. Each
stationary unit shall be grounded directly to ground bus. All
bolted joints in the bus will be effected by connection of
two bolts.

7.3. Size Rectangular Earth Bus of Minimum size 25mmX6mm

7.4. Enclosure and non-current Effectively bonded to the earth bus
carrying part of the
switchboard/components
7.5. Hinged doors Earthed through flexible copper braid
Earthed before the main circuit breaker contacts/control
7.6. Circuit breaker frame / circuit
carriage contacts are plugged in the associated stationary
contacts.

7.7. Metallic cases of relays, Connected to the earth bus by independent copper wires of
instruments and other LT size not less than 2.5 sq mm with green colour insulation. For
panel mounted equipment this purpose LT compartment should have a clear designated
earth bus to which earth connections from all components are
to be connected.

7.8. CT & PT Secondary neutral Earthed at one place at the terminal blocks through links.
Flush Mounted, back connected, dust proof with Industrial
8.0 Indicating Meters grade
―A‖ classification and conforms to IS:1248(1968)

8.1 CT operated Ammeter 3 no. Digital Ammeters to be provided in Incomer and Feeder
panels for measuring load current of each phases.
Display : 3 ½ -digit display,
Aux. Power: : 230 V AC
CTR: 600/1A for Incomer and 200/1A for Feeders.(Site
Selectable)
Accuracy Class: 1.0 or less.
Size : 96 X 48 mm.
8.2. Direct Ammeter 1 nos. Separate Digital Ammeter to be provided for
measuring heater current drawal in all the Panels.
Display : 3 ½ -digit display,
Aux. Power: : 230 V AC
Accuracy Class : 1.0 or less.
 Size : 96 X 48 mm.

One no. Digital Voltmeter to be provided in Incomer

8.3. P T operated Voltmeter Panels
for measurement of Phase to Phase system voltage, along
with
a Voltage Selector Switch.
Display : 3 ½ -digit display,
Aux. Power: : 230 V AC
PTR : 11000 / 110 V
Accuracy Class : 1.0 or less.
Size : 96 X 48 mm.
8.4. Direct Voltmeter One no Analog DC Voltmeter to be provided in the Bus
Coupler panel for measurement of Control DC voltage.

One Three Phase, Four Wire CT/PT operated, fully

9.0 Energy meter static
AMR compatible TRIVECTOR Energy Meter along with TTB
to
be provided in all Incoming and outgoing breaker panels at its
upper most position in a separate metering chamber.
Necessary
wiring to be provided with separate terminal block (suitable
for
CT/PT connection) for Energy meter connection and as per
detailed technical specification attached in a separate sheet
(Annexure-F).
TTB to be installed in the metering chamber.
9.1 CB contact multiplier One 230 V AC operated contact multiplier (BNC)to be
provided for CB contact multiplication. Energy meter PT
supply to be routed through the contact of the contact
multiplier.
10.0 Multi functional Will be supplied by the Utility and to be fixed in the metering
Transducer chamber. Separate TB for connection should be provided.
Space required for Transducer fixing is 100X100mm.
Flush mounted, insulated from 30V DC supply with
11.0 Indication appropriate
coloured lens. The lens shall be made of a material, which will
not be softened by the heat from the lamps.

11.1 Lamps High intensity, clustered LED type.

11.1.1 Breaker ON Red
11.1.2 Breaker Off Green
11.1.3 Spring Charged Blue
11.1.4 Auto trip Amber
11.1.5 Service position White
11.1.6 Signal Received from Remote White
12.0. Switches and push Flush mounted on LV compartment door, with shrouded
buttons terminals
TNC Control Switch with
12.1 pistol Non Lockable spring return to normal position. Shall have
 grip mechanical interlock to prevent accidental operation of the
switch. Terminals shall be screw type and indelibly marked.
2 nos. Contact each for Close and Open, 2 No. NAT,2 nos.
NAC
and one for normal position contact is required.

12.2. Local / Remote selector 2 way, 4 poles in each position lockable and stay put type.
switch
12.3 Selector switch for voltmeter 4 Positions ( RY-YB-BR-OFF), 3 ways.
12.4. Toggle ON/Off switches For heater / illumination circuit
4 Position (PT1-PT2-PT3-OFF), 8 Poles in each position.
12.5 PT Selector switch Current
rating 16 Amps
12.6 Push button of IED(Relay) Wired up to specified DI contact of Relay.
Reset
12.7 Emergency trip push button Red colour with stay put, Current rating 10 Amps.

12.8 Push button for Announciator 2 nos. push button one for annunciation accept and one for
Accept & Reset announciation reset to be wired upto announciator.
450/750 V grade PVC insulated stranded flexible copper
13.0 Internal wiring wire.

13.1. Wire Size 2.5 sq. mm for CT circuit, 1.5 sq mm for PT and 1.5 sq.
mm for control circuit, 4.0 sq. mm for Main, AC & DC and Bus
wiring.
i. A suitable wiring duct system firmly fixed on the panel
and having covers shall be installed for front to rear and
inter
panel wiring to provide easy access for inspection and
replacement of the wires.
ii. Wiring between terminals of the various devices shall
be point to point. Splices or tee connection will not be
acceptable.
iii. Facilities for short-circuiting the current transformer
secondary while the switchgear is in service shall be
provided.
iv. Wires shall be suitably bunched adequately supported
to prevent sagging. and it shall have sufficient clearance from
High voltage system.
v. Sufficient Bus wires shall be provided for
interconnecting with adjacent units both ways and also for
future connection.
13.2 Wiring Colour code
13.2.1 PT and CT Red Phase : Red, Yellow Phase : Yellow
Blue Phase : Blue, Neutral : Black.
13.2.2 DC Circuit Gray
13.2.3 AC Circuit Black
13.2.4 Earth Green
13.3 Ferrules At both ends of wire with same stated marking. Plastic
 ferrules shall be used conforming IS.
Interlocked type (one additional red
colour ferrule for all wires in trip circuit)

13.3.1 Ferrule marking

13.3.1.1 AC Circuit H1, H2 ,H3 .............

13.3.1.2 Metering CT Circuit D11, D31, D51 ..............

13.3.1.3 O/C and E/F protection CT C11, C31, C51 ..................

circuit
REF/Differential protection
13.3.1.4 CT A11, A31, A51 .........
circuit
13.3.1.5 Main DC distribution circuit J1, J2, J3 .............

13.3.1.6 Control and protection circuit K1, K2 ,K3 .................

13.3.1.7 Indication and annunciation L1, L2 ,L3 ................

circuit
13.3.1.8 Motor circuit M1, M2 ,M3 ................

13.3.1.9 PT circuit E11, E31, E51, E71.............

13.3.1.10 Spare contact circuit U1, U2, U3 .../ S1, S2, S3 .......

13.4 Lugs Tinned copper, pre-insulated, fork type and pin type as
applicable. Only Ring type is acceptable in CT &PT Circuit.

13.5 Spare contacts of relays, Wired up to the terminal blocks

timers etc
13.6 Wiring enclosure Plastic channels, inter panel wiring through PVC sleeves or
suitable grommets.
Wiring with ferrule to be terminated in the adjacent
13.7 Inter panel wiring shipping
section will be supplied with one end terminated and the
other end bunched and coiled.

14.0 Terminal Blocks (TB)

1100V grade, 10 amps min. rating, Nylon 66, screw type
14.1. Terminal Blocks (TB) suitable
for 2 nos. Lead.

With provision for shorting with screw driver operated

14.2. Terminal for CT & PT sliding
secondary leads link.
a ) CT shorting links shall be provided to short CT
circuits
under live system condition.
 b ) Isolation links shall be provided on the trip circuits,
alarm
and on the VT circuits to allow easy isolation without
disconnecting the wires from TBs.

14.3 Spare terminals 25% in each TB row

14.4 TB shrouds & separators Moulded non-inflammable plastic material
14.5 Clearance
14.5.1 Clearance between 2 sets of 100 mm min.
TB
14.5.2 Clearance with cable gland 250 mm min
plate
14.5.3 Clearance between AC / DC 100 mm min
set of TB
15.0 Test Terminal blocks for 13 Ways, 50A, 1100V with back connection. Dia of Entries
is 5 mm & overall dimension 250X50 mm, covered with
energy meter insulated
cover. TTB should be suitable for 3 Phase 4 Wire Energy
Meter.
TTB used for CT Circuit should be Link type. Screw type is
not
acceptable.

16.0 HT Cable Type 3 Core XLPE,11 kV grade , Aluminium,300mm2

17.0 HT Cable Termination Cable entry from rear bottom side for Incomer and
Outgoing feeders .The cable termination shall be located at
least
250 mm from the CT primary terminals. For Incomer, double
cable termination arrangement to be provided with two sets
of
nut and bolts. Copper terminator strip of adequate size shall
be
provided for termination of cables and shall have adequate
height inside to accommodate the heat shrinkable type indoor
cable termination.

18.0 Multi-core cable
termination box-- Purpose
Incoming Panel- External DC supply from DCDB, External AC
supply from ACDB, Remote Electrical Close and trip
operation,
Inter trip operation from upstream 33 kV circuit, Breaker
spare
aux. Contacts. Spare contacts of L/R Switch and Spring
Charge
Limit Switch etc.
Feeder Panel -- Remote electrical close/trip operation,
remote
indication for close, trip , spring charged and trip ckt
supervision,
status of L/R switch, Local annunciation for remote close and
trip
 operation, Breaker spare aux. Contacts.

Bus Coupler -- External DC supply from DCDB, External AC

supply from ACDB, Remote Electrical Close and trip
operation,
Breaker spare aux. Contact.

External DC and AC supply arrangement to be provided in

Incomer and Bus Coupler panel only in a switch board.

19.0 Operation Counter Each breaker shall be provided with operation counter.

Capable to withstand minimum 100 full short circuit

20.0 Vacuum Interrupter operations at
26.3 kA as per test duty 1 to 5 of IEC-56. The continuous
Current rating should be more than 800A. Manufacturer‘s
test
report/literature to be supplied along with tender in
duplicate.

21.0 Insulated spacer It shall be made of insulated fibre glass materials shall be
provided in High voltage system, to protect from absorption
of
moisture present in the air.

22.0 PT selection scheme Each Incoming and outgoing breaker panel shall be
provided with suitable manually operated selector switch
having break before make type contacts including
necessary wiring for selection of voltage from different PT
secondary‘s available for connection with energy meters.
Each panel should be provided with 3 PT scheme and
current rating of the PT Selector Switch should be
minimum 16 Amp. Voltmeter of incoming breaker panel shall
be connected directly from respective PT secondary of
associated unit.

23.0 Relays for protection and

control

23.1 General Features

23.1.1 Relay type Numerical with self monitoring features
23.1.2 Mounting Flush mounted IP 5X with key pad on front
23.1.3 Relay characteristics Numerical IED with Multiple characteristics like IDMT, DMT,
instantaneous with compatible choices of time delays and
multiple settings for multiple functions like over current,
earth
fault etc. along with control of breaker, measurement and
status
etc. As per detailed technical specification attached in a
 separate sheet (Annexure-E).
23.1.4 Relay communication With IEC 61850 protocol by native two nos. RJ45 /F.O, 100
MBPS communication ports. Separate front port (USB/RJ45)
for
Relay parameterisation.
23.1.5 Relay input signal From CT & PT, with auxiliary DC supply
Shall be screw type terminals large enough to accommodate
23.1.6 Relay terminals 2.5
sq. mm. cables and shall be located at the back of the Relay.

Shall make firmly without bounce and the relay mechanism

23.1.7 Relay contacts shall
not be affected by panel vibration or external magnetic field.

Electromagnetic Relay thermal rating shall be such that the fault clearance
23.1.8 Compatibility times
on any combination of current and time multiplier settings
shall
not exceed the thermal withstand capability of the relay.
Compliant to EMC directives as per IEC.

Static or attracted armature type with short pickup time of

23.1.9 Relays for auxiliary, less
supervision, trip and timer than 30 ms.
relays
23.1.10 Relay reset Self reset contacts except for Master Trip relays.
23.1.11 Operation indicators With hand reset operation indicators (flags) or LEDs with
Push buttons for resetting, for analyzing the cause of
operation
 High Impedance and High speed relay flush mounted
23.2 Master Trip relay having
coil cut-off contact with at least 4NO and 4NC contact and
electrical reset facility capable to make, carry and break
trip
coil current of Circuit Breaker and capable for future
integration
with SCADA. It should be immune to capacitance discharge
currents and leakage current. Operating time should be less
than 20ms. Terminals shall be screw type to accommodate 1.5
sq. mm. Cable and located at the back of the relay. Terminals
shall be clearly marked. Contact configuration shall be drawn
on
the relay casing.
23.3 Fault recording Relay shall have the facility for recording of various
parameters during a fault. It should be possible to set the
duration of record through settable pre fault and post fault
time. It
should be possible to down load the data locally or from
SCADA remotely.
23.4 Auxiliary supply Operate on available 30 V. DC supply. To reduce the effect of
Electrolysis, relay coil shall be so connected such that they
are
not continuously connected from the positive pole of the
station
battery.
23.5 Test facility In built. Necessary test plugs shall be provided.
23.6 Protection in Incomer & 3 phase over current protection & Earth fault protection
Outgoing panel

23.7 Additional requirement

23.7.1 For each breaker panel To be provided with anti pumping relay/contactor (94),
(plug-in type contactor will not be accepted)
23.7.2 Auxiliary relays, coupling To effect interlocks and to exchange signals of status &
relays, transducers etc. control from remote.
24.0 Additional Requirement The schematic diagram of control and indication circuit on a
durable sticker shall be fixed in a suitable place in Incomer
and
feeder panels and Annunciation scheme in the Bus Coupler
panel.
The wiring arrangement, position of fuse, TBs etc, in the
panel should be such that each and every connection can be
accessed easily. Fuse tops can be opened /inserted easily.
Only ring type sockets should be used for wire termination in
TB/
Relays/ Meters/TTB etc. Fork type socket can be used in
Annunciator only.
 Separate switch to be used for cubicle light instead of
Door
switch.
Circuit Label incorporating identification, information of
incoming/outgoing/bus coupler breaker shall be provided.
Connection diagram plates for the PT and CT shall be provided
as per provision in the relevant IS.
All name, rating , circuit label, connection diagram plate
shall be fixed with screws or by riveting instead of fixing by
adhesive.

6/8 Window Annunciator shall be provided in each

25.0 Annunciation Scheme panel
including Bus Coupler panel. It should be Microprocessor
based
having inbuilt Accept/Reset/Test/Mute push buttons for
trip and
non-trip functions. DC operated common Hooters shall be
provided in Bus Coupler breaker panel. It shall have provision
of
inbuilt watch Dog and Fast fault indication with Trip (O/C ,
E/F
and other trip signals if any )and non-trip alarm i.e AC
supply
fail, main DC supply fail at Bus Coupler. The functional
details

and scheme will be decided during finalisation of drawings.

26.0 Space Heaters

26.1 Space heaters 60 W, 230 V AC each with timer controlled and switch for
isolation. A Thermostat control unit with variable temperature
control setting shall be installed to control the heater. The 240 V
AC supply for the heater shall be controlled by a suitably rated
single pole miniature circuit breaker.

26.2 Space heater location Two nos. each in Breaker & HV cable compartment
to be mounted on an insulator.

26.3 Space heater Monitoring One AC Ammeter with 0-1.0Amp range shall be
provided in series with the heaters to monitor the current
drawal of the Heaters. Size :96x48mm.

27.0 Switch and sockets

27.1. Illumination Lamp For LV ,cable chamber & energy meter compartment
240V AC, 5A Switch &
27.2. socket In LV chamber
28.0 Name Plates and rating
plate of switchgear
 28.1 Material Material shall be stainless steel/anodized aluminium and
shall not be deformed under the service condition. The entries
shall be indelibly marked by engraving with black letter on
white background or vice-versa as specified and 3mm thick

and 100mmX150mm(approx).

28.2 Lettering

28.3 Name plate for feeder

description & number

Identification plates/labels
28.4 at Approved design (not stickers)
each cubicle and each
instrument
28.5 On front top door of panel
Manufacturer name plate

Rating Plate of Name of the Manufacturer and Year of Manufacture

29.0 Switchgear P.O No. and Date
Type, Designation and Serial No.
Rated Voltage and Current
Lightning impulse withstand voltage
1 minute Power frequency withstand voltage
Rated frequency
Rated Current
Breaking Capacity
Short time current making capacity

Operating sequence

Rated voltage of closing and opening coil

Rated voltage of spring charging motor

Property Label ―Property of WBSEDCL‖

Guarantee for Five Years
 a) Materials shall be new; the best quality of their
respective kinds and such as are usual and suitable for work
30.0 General of
like character. All materials shall comply with the latest
issues
of the specified standard unless otherwise specified or
permitted by WBSEDCL.
b) Workmanship shall be of the highest class throughout
to
ensure reliable and vibrations free operations. The design,
dimensions and materials of all parts shall be such that the
stresses to which they may be subjected shall not cause
distortion, undue wear, or damage under the most severe
conditions encountered in service.
c) All parts shall conform to the dimensions shown and
shall be built in accordance with approved drawings. All joints,
datum surfaces and meeting components shall be machined
and all castings shall be spot faced for nuts. All machined
finishes shall be shown on the drawings. All screw, bolts, studs
and nuts and threads for pipe shall conform to the latest
standards of the International Organization for
Standardization
covering these components and shall all conform to the
standards for metric sizes.
d) All materials and works that have cracks, flaws or
other
defects or inferior workmanship will be rejected WBSEDCL.
e) Each of the Switchgear panel shall be of unitised
construction with all necessary accessories like end covers
etc.
However the design shall allow for extension on both sides
without limit. Busbar design shall be such that panel to panel
interconnection can be carried out without difficulty as and
when required. In case of Single feeder panels, Identical
Bus Bars for connection with adjacent Incomer / Bus
Coupler / Feeder needs to be supplied.
f) Explosion vents of suitable design shall be provided on
the roof sheet of the busbar/cable/CT's chambers so as to
enable discharge of explosive gases from inside during a
flashover. However the provision of explosion vent shall not
affect the degree of protection/vermin proofing of the panel.

Necessary items of equipment shall be assembled in the

factory prior to shipment and routine tests shall be
30.1 Assembly performed
by the manufacturer as per the requirements of the latest
issue
of IEC as specified under each equipment in these
 specifications to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
WBSEDCL that the switchgear panels comply with the
requirements of the relevant IEC standards.

Casting shall be true to pattern, of workmanlike finish

and
of uniform quality and condition, free from blowholes,
30.2 Casting porosity,
hard spots, shrinkage defects, cracks or other injurious
defects,
shall be satisfactorily cleaned for their intended purpose.

Wherever welding is specified or permitted, a welding

30.3 Welding process, including stress relieve treatment as required if
necessary, conforming to an appropriate and widely
recognized professional standard shall be used. All welders
and welding operators shall be fully qualified by such a
standard.

Instructions shall be engraved on the switchgear panel, on

30.4 Operational Details the circuit breaker compartment describing in simple steps
how to carry out correct and safe isolation, racking-in and
racking-out switching operations on the circuit breaker.
Similar details should be provided for the operation of the
earth switch.

31.0 Surface treatment &

painting
31.1 Surface treatment Sand blasting or by seven tank process
31..2 Paint type Powder coated. Pure polyester base grade A structure finish

31.3 Paint shade RAL 7032 for external & internal surface
31.4 Paint thickness Minimum 80 microns
32.0 Type Test
32.1 Type Tests The product must be of type tested quality as per all tests in
IEC/Indian standards. Such tests shall be done at any NABL
accredited laboratory.

32.2 Type test report validity Last five years from due date of bid submission
period
 A . Switchgear Panel (with circuit breaker installed)
32.3 Type test report to be a. Lightning Impulse Voltage withstand Test
submitted along with the bid b. H.V. dry 1 min power frequency withstand test
c. Short time and peak withstand current test
d. Short circuit test with basic duties
e . Single phase breaking capacity test.
f. Cable charging breaking current test
g. Temperature Rise test
h. IP Test
i. Internal Arc Test as per IEC 62271-200
j. Horizontal Acceleration due to seismic force (if
available)
B. Circuit Breaker
a. Mechanical Endurance Test as per M2 Class of
IEC
C. Current Transformer
a. Short Time Current Test
b. Impulse Voltage Withstand Test
c. Temperature Rise Test
D. Potential Transformer
a. Impulse Voltage Withstand Test
b. Temperature Rise Test
E. -Copies of test certificates in respect of
following
bought out items:-
a. Vacuum Interrupter.
b. Insulators
c. Bus Bar Material
d. Terminal connectors
e. KEMA / CPRI Certification for relay/IED i.r.o.
IEC61850 compliance
Note : All the type test report on Switchgear
Panel
& Circuit Breaker to be conducted with
offered Vacuum Interrupter.

1. One no. spring charging handle for every three panels

33.0 Accessories 2. One no. Breaker Truck operating handle for every three
panels
3. The equipment shall be complete with all necessary
accessories and materials in accordance with the
specification
The base channel frames for the switchgear for
4. grouting on
the floor shall be complete with anchor bolt, nuts and
levelling attachment.
34.0 Type Test after issuance Besides submission of Type Test Report, carried out
of Order within five years as per Tender Specification, Type Test at
the discretion of WBSEDCL, shall have to be arranged by
the successful Manufacturer from any lot offered for
inspection, sample chosen at random after successful
Routine Test by our Inspection Team, as per relevant ISS
from CPRI/NABL accredited/Government recognized Test
House or Laboratory in presence of WBSEDCL’S
representative.
However the necessary cost of the Type Test
charges will be reimbursed to the party on
production of necessary supporting documents.

Enclosed in Annexure-D. Bidder shall have to fill up GTP as

35.0 Equipment Device per Annexure-G, Annexure-H, Annexure-J, Schedule-A,
Schedule Schedule-B, Schedule-C. Bidder shall have to submit
undertakings from Relay and Meter manufacturer as per
Schedule-I and II.
Bidder shall submit following drawing/documents along with
the
36.0 Drawing and bid:-
documentation 1. GA of indoor 9 panel Switchgear showing constructional
features and space required in the front for withdrawal
of
breaker truck and in back, other accessories, power and
control cable entry with plan elevation and views.

2. Sectional view of incomer, bus coupler & feeder panels

with parts list.
3. GA of Circuit Breaker truck.
4. GA of Current Transformer
5. GA of Potential Transformer.
6. Technical particulars of Switchgears and brochures for
technical data sheet of vacuum interrupter
7. Relay and device list (Bill of Quantity) with complete details.
8. Technical manual for Relays, Meters, Switches,
Instrument transformer, Terminal block and Test
Terminal Block.
9. Four copies of drawing, data and manuals containing
above shall be submitted for approval and afterwards
for final distribution.
10. Two sets of manual, leaflet and drawing for multi panel
board shall be submitted separately to the
C.E(Testing), Distribution Testing Deptt., WBSEDCL.
 Successful tenderer shall furnish all above drawings
and following additional drawings for approval before
commencement of supply:-
i. Foundation details for 9 Panel Switchgear.
ii. Equipment door layout for incomer, bus coupler &
feeder panels.
iii. Schematic Diagram for incomer bus coupler &
feeder section of Switchgear
iv. Protection Circuit, Metering circuit, DC control
circuit for incomer bus coupler & feeder section of
Switchgear
v. Annunciator and Alarm scheme.
vi. P.T. supply change over scheme.
ix. Terminal block details for incomer, bus coupler &
feeder section.
vii. Cross section view for CTs.
viii. Name Plate & Connection diagram for CTs.
ix. Cross section view for PTs.
x. Name Plate & Connection diagram for PTs.
xi. Rating Plate details of the Panel
xii. Manual for installation, operation and maintenance
procedure.
 Guarantee of the total equipment including any integral part
37.0 Guarantee of the equipment should be for a period of 5 (five) years from
the date of last despatch.

All the switchgear panels shall be tested in accordance

38.0 Routine & Acceptance with
Test the requirement of IEC 62271-200.
Tests shall be carried out on the circuit breakers as per the
requirement of IEC 62271-100.
Current transformers and Voltage transformers shall be
tested
in accordance with the requirement of IEC 60044-1, IS
2705
and IEC 6044-2, IS 3156 respectively. The Protection Relay
shall be tested in accordance with IEC 60255 & Energy
Meter
shall be tested as per relevant IS.
All routine tests at manufacturer‘s works shall be
carried
out and Test Reports are to be submitted to CE, P&C,
WBSEDCL.
All Acceptance tests shall be carried out at manufacturer‘s
works
on every lot offered for inspection as per relevant IS & IEC in
presence of the WBSEDCL‘s representatives. Selection of
samples for acceptance test as well as rejection and retesting
shall
be guided by relevant IS. The entire cost of acceptance and
routine test that to be carried out shall be treated as included
in the
quoted price of tendered items.
Six copies of test reports duly signed by the inspecting
officers,
shall be submitted to the Chief Engineer, P&C Department ,
Bidyut
Bhavan (4th floor) Salt Lake, Kol -91.

a ) Dimensional Checks
Complete Switchgear Panel b) Operational Tests
test c) Primary Injection Tests
38.1 d) Calibration Tests on Relays and Instruments
e) Power frequency Withstand Test
f) Insulation Test
g) Contact resistance test of Primary joints
h) Power frequency Withstand Test on secondary Wiring

18.4kA Circuit Breaker test
( six copies of test report to
be
38.2 submitted with Offer)
Routine tests.
a) Operation test.
b) Dielectric Test on the main circuit.
c) Dielectric tests on controls and auxiliary circuits.
 d) Measurement of resistance of the main circuit.
e) Timing test
f) Design and visual checks
g) Test Certificate for all resin cast/moulded components of
circuit breakers whose partial discharge measurement are
specified in the relevant IEC (No. 62271-100, Clause No.6.2.9)

38.3 Routine tests shall be carried out at the manufacturer‘s

Current Transformer Test
( six copies of test report to
be
submitted with Offer)
plant as per the requirement of IEC 60044-1, IS 2705 as
listed
below:
i. Polarity test and verification of terminal markings test
ii. Ratio and phase angle error test(accuracy class;
composite error test)
iii. Power frequency tests on primary and secondary
windings
iv. Power frequency withstand tests between
sections(windings)
v. Inter-turn over voltage tests
vi. Partial discharge measurement

Routine tests shall be carried out at the manufacturer‘s

38.4
Voltage Transformer test
( six copies of test report to
be
submitted with Offer)
plant
as per the requirement of IEC 60044-2, IS 3156 as listed
below:-
(a) Polarity tests and verification of terminals
(b) Power frequency withstand tests on Primary windings
(c) Power frequency withstand tests on secondary windings
(d) Power frequency withstand tests between sections
(e) Determination of errors
(f) Partial discharges measurement

38.5

Protection Relay Tests a. Relay Pick-up test for all functions and phases
( six copies of test report to
be b. Relay timing test for all functions and phases
submitted before with
Offer) c. Conformance Test as per IEC 61850

-----------------------------------
 ANNEXURE – A

MANDATORY TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

1.0 Switchgear
1.1 Type Metal clad, air insulated with VCB type circuit
breaker
1.2 Service Indoor
1.3 Mounting Free standing, floor mounted
1.4 System voltage 11KV
1.5 Highest System voltage 12 KV
1.6 Frequency 50HZ, ± 3%
1.7 Phase 3
1.8
Rated current @ 50 DEG C
1.9 ambient 800 Amp.
1.10 Short time rating for 3 sec. 18.4KA
1.11 Insulation level (PF rms / impulse 28 / 75 KV
peak)
1.12 System ground Solidly earthed

1.13 Enclosure degree of protection IP 5X for high and low voltage compartment

1.14 Bus bar – Main @ 50 DEG C 1600A, Current Density 1.6 Amp/sq.mm.(Max)
ambient
1.15 Material electrolytic copper, tinned /Silver plated
1.16 Bus Bar sleeve Full voltage sleeved with shrouds on joints
1.17 Bus identification Colour coded (R-Y-B)
To be capable to safely withstand stress due
1.18 Bus end connection to
max. Short circuit current and thermal expansion.
Necessary provision to be made for testing
current
transformer primary by removing insulated
portion
without difficulty.

1.19 Temperature rise above Ambient 40DEG C for conventional joints, 55DEG C for
silver plated joints
1.20 Riser Bus electrolytic copper, tinned /Silver plated,
800A, Current Density 1.6 Amp/sq.mm.(Max)
For the design and erection of Busbars the following minimum clearance shall be
1.21 observed

1.21.1 Phase to Phase(mm) 110 mm (approx)

(without Insulating Sleeve)
1.21.2 Phase to earth(mm) 90 mm(approx)
(without Insulating Sleeve)

Minimum nominal creepage

1.22 distance 19mm/kV.

1.23 Auxiliary DC Supply 30V DC shall be controlled by suitably rated

miniature circuit breaker.

240V AC 50 Hz shall be controlled by suitably

1.24 Auxiliary AC supply rated
miniature circuit breaker.

1.25 Hardware GI

1.26 Earth bus Electrolytic Copper, Rectangular shape,

25X6mm(Min) and to carry 18.4 KA for 1 Second.

1.27 Power and control cable entry From bottom for Power Cable. For control cables
through Remote Terminal Box installed at the
backside of the Panel.
2.0 Circuit Breaker
2.1 Type of isolation & Drawout Horizontal isolation & Horizontal Drawout.

Voltage class, insulation level,

2.2 short As specified for switchgear
time rating
2..3 Rated current 800 Amps.

2.4 Duty cycle O – 0.3sec – CO – 3min – CO

2.5 Short circuit rating
2.5.1 AC sym. Breaking current 26.3 KA (for Vacuum Interrupter)
2.5.2 Short circuit making current 65.75KA (for Vacuum Interrupter)

2.6 Operating time

2.6.1 Break time Less than 80 ms.
2.6.2 Make time Less than 100 ms.
2.7. Range of auxiliary voltage
2.7.1 Closing 85% - 110%
2.7.2 Tripping 70% - 110%
2.7.3 Spring charging 85% - 110%
2.8 Auxiliary Switch Properly rated and robust in nature shall be
provided in all panels and wired upto SIC
(Secondary Isolated Contact) with identical SIC
and
ferrule numbers and sufficient number of NO
and
 NC contacts for the following:-
CB ‗ON‘ for Local indication –NO contact
CB‘ON‘ for Remote indication—NO contact
CB‘OFF‘ for Local Indication --- NC Contact
CB‘OFF‘ for Remote Indication – NC Contact
CB ‗Auto Trip‘ for Local and Remote Indication—
NC
Contact. Other Contacts used as per scheme for
closing and tripping and trip ckt supervision.
No. of spare contacts in Aux.
2.8.1 Switch Minimum 6 NO + 6 NC
for WBSEDCL use
No. of spare contacts of service
2.9 and 2 NO+2NC
test position limit switch contact

2.10 No. of spare contacts of Spring 2 NO + 2 NC

charge limit switch

3.0 Current Transformers for Incoming Panel

3.1. Voltage class, insulation level As specified for switchgear

3.2. Type Triple core, Dual ratio, Cast resin, Indoor type .
Marking on primary and secondary terminal as per
requirement of IEC 60044-1, IS 2705 and shall
be
indelibly marked. The secondary terminals shall
have screw type terminals.

3.3. Class of insulation Class E or better

3.4. Ratio 600/400/1-1-1A
3.5. Number of secondary Three, Core 1 : Metering, Core 2 :Protection ,
Core 3 : Protection
3.6. Accuracy class Core 1 : 0.5, Core 2 : 5P15, Core 3 : PS.

3.7 ISF of Metering Core <=5 at lower ratio

3.8 ALF of Protection Core 15
3.9 VA output 15VA for both protection and metering
3.10
3.11 Excitation current and other 30mA at Vk/2 (at lower ratio), Vk>=170 v at LR
particulars of PS class CT‘s
3.12 Other particulars RCT <= 4 ohms at 75o C at higher ratio.
Panels to be supplied with CT ratio set
at higher ratio. Common terminals for CT
secondary
shall be shorted and earthed. Only ring type
socket
to be used in CT circuit.
P1 terminal of CT shall be at Bus side.

3.13 Short time current rating 18.4 kA for 1 second

4.0 Current Transformers for Outgoing Panel

4.1. Voltage class, insulation level As specified for switchgear

4.2. Type Dual core, Dual ratio, Cast resin, Indoor type.
Marking on primary and secondary terminal as per
requirement of IEC 60044-1, IS 2705 and shall
be
indelibly marked. The secondary terminals shall
have screw type terminals.

4.3. Class of insulation Class E or better

4.4. Ratio 200-100/1-1A

4.5. Number of secondary 2, Core 1 : Metering, Core 2 :Protection

4.6. Accuracy class Core 1 : 0.5, Core 2 : 5P15.

4.7. ISF of Metering Core <=5 at lower ratio

4.8. ALF of Protection Core 15.
4.9 VA output 15 VA for both protection and metering
4.10 Short time current rating 18.4 kA for 1 seconds

Name plate for the current transformer shall

4.11 Name Plate of CT indelibly marked be
provided with all the required details as per IEC
60044-1, IS 2705 Standards, including :-
i) The manufacturer‘s name
ii) Serial number and a type designation
iii) Rated primary and secondary current
iv) Rated frequency
v) Rated output and corresponding accuracy
class for each secondary winding, including
the
rated accuracy limit factor and Instrument
security factor for protection and metering
secondary windings respectively.
vi) The highest voltage of the equipment
vii) The rated Insulation level
viii) The rated short-time thermal current
(Ith) and
the rated dynamic current
 ix) Class of Insulation
x) Rated continuous thermal current
xi) Property Label – ― Property of WBSEDCL‖
xii ) Guranteed for 5 Years

5.0 Voltage Transformers

Dry / Resin cast, draw out type, 3-phase,
5.1. Type 5-
limb or it should be combination of three no
Single
Phase PT housed in a withdrawable carriage
complete with HV fuses. Copies of Type test
certificate and routine test certificate as per
IEC
60044-2, IS 3156 shall be submitted with the
tender
for evaluation purpose. Each PT shall be provided
with Vector diagram plate as per relevant
provision
of IS showing primary and secondary terminals.

5.2. Rated Voltage

5.2.1 Primary 11000 / √3V
5.2.2 Secondary 110 / √3V
5.3 No of phases 3
5.4 No. of secondary windings 1(one)
5.5 Method of connection Star/Star with both neutral earthed
5.6 Rated voltage factor 1.2 continuous, 1.5 for 30 sec.
5.7 Class of insulation Class E or better
5.8 Accuracy class 0.5

5.9 Primary and secondary fuses HRC current limiting type, primary fuse
replacement shall be possible with VT in
withdrawn
position

5.10 Voltage class 12KV

5.11 VA Burden 100 VA per phase
5.12 PT mounting Rail mounted on top of the Incomer Panel and
Primary connected on bus side. It can be plugged
into and withdraw from service by pulling or
pushing
the PT by the handle provided on the PT. This
action traverses the PT along the rails and shall
automatically operate the spout shutters. The
shutter drive also forms a latch which holds the
PT
in the service position and this latch shall be
required to be released before PT can be
 isolated.

The secondary circuits from all the PTs of the

incoming panels shall be wired up to all the
5.13 PT secondary circuit outgoing
panels so that supply to the potential coils of the
meters can be maintained from any of the PTs.
Plug
and socket type contacts shall be provided in the
PT
secondary. PT secondary terminals shall be
inaccessible from outside. Necessary provision
shall
be made for sealing PT while in racked in position.
Vector of the PT will be Both Y/Y connection with
both neutral earthed.

Name plate for the voltage transformer shall

5.14 Name Plate of PT indelibly marked be provided with all the required details as per
IEC 60044-2, IS 3156 Standards, including :-
i) The manufacturer‘s name
ii) Serial number and a type designation
iii) Rated primary and secondary voltage
iv) Rated frequency
v) Rated output and corresponding accuracy
class for each secondary winding,
vi) The highest voltage of the equipment
vii) The rated Insulation level
ix) Class of Insulation for the equipment
x) Rated voltage factor and corresponding
rated
time.
xi) The use each secondary winding and it‘s
corresponding terminals
xii)Property Label – ― Property of WBSEDCL‖
xiii ) Guranteed for 5 Years
Suitable arrangement to be provided to
monitor
6.0 Monitoring from Remote the following conditions of 11kV VCB at SCADA
Control Centre end through installing RTU by
WBSEDCL:-
1 . DC healthy
2 .Breaker is ‗OFF‘
3 .Breaker is ‗ON‘
4 .Spring for closing mechanism is charged
5 .Breaker is in Local
6 .Breaker is in Remote
7. Trip Circuit healthy
8 . Tripping due to O/C
9 .Tripping due to E/F

7.0 Closing from Remote Suitable arrangement should be provided to

 close the breaker from remote end in case
following
conditions are satisfied:-
1. DC healthy
2. Breaker is ‗OFF‘
3. Spring for closing mechanism is charged
4. Breaker is in Remote
5. Trip Circuit healthy
6. Breaker is not anti-pumping

Suitable arrangement should be provided to

trip
the breaker from remote end in case the breaker
8.0 Tripping from Remote is
ON and certain preset conditions to be satisfied
which will be decided during finalisation of
drawings.

Annexure - B
Standard Make of Relay and Fitments
VCB Panel Manufacturer should be the VCB Manufacturer.

Vacuum Interrupter CGL / BEL / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS / ABB

Alstom, ABB, Siemens, Schneider, GE or any other reputed

Relays relay
manufacturers fulfilling relays specification as per Annexure-
E
of the technical specification
Current Transformer Plastofab, BMC, Pragati, ECS, Kappa.

Potential Transformer Plastofab, BMC, Pragati, Audio-Vision, ECS.

Breaker Control Switch/LR Kaycee / Alstom / Recom/Switron/L&T/Siemens/ABB/GE

Switch
Voltmeter/PT Selector switch Kaycee / Recom/Switron

Digital Ammeter / voltmeter

and AE / Rishav / Secure/Accord/Schneider/Meco
Analog DC Volt Meter
Secure Meter Ltd. / Larsen & Toubro Ltd. / Landis & Gyr
Energy meter Ltd. /
Genus Power Infrastructure Ltd.
Push Buttons Alstom / Kaycee / Vaishno/Teknic/Lumen/STS/
Siemens/L&T/Schneider/JVS/GE
Alstom / Kaycee / Vaishno/Teknic/Lumen/STS./
Indicating Lamps with lenses Switron/JVS/GE

Panel wiring ECKO / PHOENIX/Finolex/Havels/KEI/RR Kables/Poly Cab

(with ISI mark)
 Hooter/Buzzer/Bell ANCHOR / KAYCEE/ Vaishno/STS/JVS/Bharani/Alan

Annunciator MINILEC / ALAN/INSTALARM/EAPL

MCB Siemens/L&T/Schneider/ABB/Kaycee/Legrand/GE

Terminal Block Elmex/Connectwell

TTB DAV Industries/CGL/JVS/Unitech Sales/Keizen/Plastofab

Annexure-C
Legend of Devices associated with Multi panel Shunt trip vacuum Circuit Breaker

Symbol Reference Description

A1, A2, A3 & Ammeter

AH(heater)
V and VDC for Bus Voltmeter
coupler
VS Manual Voltmeter Selector Switch
EM Energy Meter
CS Control switch T-A / T-N-A / C-C spring return type
IL-R CB „ON‟ Indication Red lamp
IL-G CB „OFF‟ Indication Green lamp
IL-W „Trip /Close signal received from Remote Indication white lamp
IL-B “Spring charged” Indication Blue lamp
IL-A CB “ Auto trip” Indication Amber lamp
PB Push Button
ANN DC operated electric Annunciator
H,HS,TH Heater, Heater Switch, Thermostat
FS Fuse
LK Link
MCB1 MCB, 2 pole 16 A for DC supply
MCB2 MCB, 2 pole 16 A for AC supply
MCB3 MCB, 2 pole for spring charging motor supply
MVS Manual PT selector switch
IR-I Remote inter tripping contact from 33 kV Transformer Control
and relay Panel
TC Tripping Coil
CC Closing Coil
APR Anti-pumping Relay
86 Tripping Relay
52 Vacuum Circuit breaker
52a,52b NO and NC contacts of Breaker Auxiliary switch respectively
PT Potential Transformer
CT Current Transformer
TTB Test Terminal Block
 51/50 R-Y-B-N O/C and E/F Relay

Annexure D

Sl Device Quantity
no.
Incomer Feeder Bus coupler
1. Numerical O/C & E/F Relay 1 No. 1 No. Nil
2. Trip Relay 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.
3. AC Supervision Relay Nil Nil 1 No.
4. Annuanciator 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.
5. AC Ammeter ( CT operated ) 3 No. 3 No. Nil
6. AC Voltmeter 1 No. Nil Nil
7. DC Voltmeter Nil Nil 1 No.
8. Ammeter ( Heater Ckt.) 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.
9. Current Transformer 3 No. 3 No. Nil
10. Potential Transformer 1 Set Nil Nil
11. Energy meter 1 No. 1 No. Nil
12. TTB 1 No. 1 No. Nil
13. Indicating Lamp 6 No. 6 No. 4 No.
14. MCB ( DC Ckt) 1 No. Nil 1 No.
15. MCB ( AC Ckt, 16 Amps) 1 No. Nil 1 No.
16. MCB ( Motor ckt.) 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.
17. 3 Position PT Selector Switch (16 Amps) 1 No. 1 No. Nil
18. Voltage Selector Switch 1 No. Nil Nil
19. Electronic Buzzer (DC Volt operated) Nil Nil 1 No.
20. Electronic Buzzer (AC Volt operated) Nil Nil 1 No.
21. Heater with controller 1 Set 1 Set 1 Set
22. T-N-C Switch 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.
23. Local – Remote Switch 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.
24. Push Button for Emergency Trip 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.
25. Push Button for Relay reset 1 No. 1 No. Nil
1 No. for every three
26. Spring Charging Handle Panel.
No. for every three
27. VCB Operating Handle 1 Panel
28. HRC Fuse & Link As required As required As required
29 Trip circuit S/V relay 1 no. 1 no. 1 no.
30 Push button for Annunciator Accept & Reset 2 nos. 2 nos. 2 nos.
31 DC supervision relay 0 0 1 no.

NB: The Bidder has to include list of other Items for the Equipment to meet our Technical
requirement.
Annexure-G

GURANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

( To be submitted by the Bidder )

1. General :
Name of the Company
Office address
Factory address
2. Panel Make
Type & Designation
Application
Standard
Rated Voltage
Highest Voltage
Normal Current
Frequency
STC for 3 Sec.
Breaking Capacity
Making Capacity
Power frequency withstand voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
AC Aux. Voltage.
DC Aux. Voltage
Degree of Protection for HV & LV Compartment
Thickness of metal sheet ( mm ).
For load-bearing member
For Doors & covers
Dimension of Incomer Panel in mm ( H x W x D )
Dimension of Outgoing Panel in mm ( H x W x D )
Dimension of Bus-Coupler &
Trunk Panel in mm ( H x W x D )
Single feeder panels to be supplied with Bus
Bar for connection with adjacent Incomer /
Bus Coupler / Feeder. [Yes/ No ]
HV Cable termination height in the cable
compartment

3. Bus Bar
Material Shape
Cross sectional area of main
Bus. Cross sectional area of
Riser. Type of plating
 Normal Current currying capacity
STC for 3 Sec.
Rise over ambient at normal current
Current density for main Bus & Riser
Phase to Phase clearance
Phase to ground clearance
Type of insulation
Colour Identification

4. Bus support insulator

Reference Standard.
Make
Material
Dry Power frequency Withstand Voltage for
one minute
Wet Power frequency Withstand Voltage for
one minute
Impulse Withstand voltage Creepage
distance
5. Vacuum Circuit Breaker
Make
Type
Reference Standard
Rated voltage
Highest voltage
Frequency
Normal Current
Breaking capacity
Making capacity
STC for 3 Sec.
Temp. Rise over ambient at normal current
No of break per phase.
Operating duty cycle
Single Phase Capacitor Breaking capacity
Three Phase Capacitor Breaking capacity
Line Charging Breaking capacity
Cable Charging Breaking capacity
Closing time
Opening time
Mechanical Endurance capacity
Electrical Endurance capacity
Operating mechanism
Type of isolation & Drawout
Details of mechanical interlock provided
 DC Wattage of Trip Coil.
DC Voltage range for Trip operation.
DC Wattage of Closing Coil.
DC Voltage range for Closing operation.
Details of electrical interlock.

6. Vacuum Bottle
Make
Rated voltage
Type and model no.
Normal current
Breaking capacity
Making capacity
STC for 3 Sec.
Maximum contact separation length
Minimum Mechanical life in no. of operation
Minimum Electrical Life in no. of operation at
rated normal current
Minimum Electrical Life in no. of operation at
rated full short circuit current
Power frequency withstand voltage (dry)
Impulse withstand voltage
Contact material
Type of plating
Contact pressure
7. Current Transformer
Make
Reference Standard
Type
Voltage Frequency
Insulation level
Class of insulation
Ratio (Incomer & Feeder)
Class of accuracy (Incomer & Feeder)
Burden (Incomer & Feeder)
STC for 1 Sec.
ISF of Metering Core at lower ratio
Vk & Magnetising Current(at lower ratio)
Fixing Arrangement

8. Potential Transformer
Make
Reference Standard
 Insulation level
Class of insulation
Type
Frequency
Winding connection
Type of Core connection
Ratio
Class of accuracy
Burden per Phase
Over Voltage Factor for 8 hrs.
Fixing position.
Fixing arrangement
Primary Fuse rating
9. O/C & E/F Relay
Make
Type Model no.
Ordering Code
10. Trip Relay
Make
Type
Model no.
Whether Electrically Resettable(Yes/No)
11. Digital Ammeter ( CT operated ) Make
Type
Size
Basic CTR
Accuracy class
AC Aux. voltage
Fixing type.
12. Digital Ammeter ( Heater circuit )
Make
Type
Size
Current range Accuracy
class AC Aux. voltage
Fixing type.
13. Digital Volt meter ( PT operated )
Make
Type
Size
PTR
Accuracy class
AC Aux. voltage
Fixing type.
14. Analog Voltmeter ( DC Circuit )
Make
Type
Size
Accuracy class
Fixing type.
15. Energy meter
Make
Type
Model no.
16. Terminal connector
Make
Type
Size
17. Control Switch
Make
Type
Contact configuration
AC & DC Current rating
AC Voltage rating.
18. Spring Charge Limit Switch
Make
Type
No of contact ( NO + NC )
No of spare contact ( NO + NC )
AC & DC Current rating
AC Voltage rating.
19. Local Remote Switch.
Make
Type
Contact configuration
AC & DC Current rating
AC Voltage rating.
20. Spring charging motor
Make
Type
Rated AC Voltage
Rated wattage
AC Voltage variation for operation
21. Operation counter
Make
Type
Operation count range
22. Space heater
 Make
Type
Rated AC Voltage
Wattage
23. Thermostat
Make
Setting range
24. Indication Lamp
Make
Type
25. Auxiliary contact switch
Make
Type
No of contact ( NO + NC )
No of spare contact ( NO + NC )
AC & DC Current rating
AC Voltage rating.
26. Annunciator
Make
No of window.
Aux voltage
No of inbuilt push switch.
27 Voltage selector switch
Make
Type
28 PT selector switch
Make
Type
Current Rating
29 TTB
Make
Type
Size
30 Terminal Block
Make
Type
31 MCB
Make
Type
32 Fuse & Link Unit
Make
Type
33 HRC Fuse
Make
 Type

34. Control wire

Make
Type
Voltage Grade
Size ( Sq. mm) For CT & PT
For control indication & annunciation circuit
For main AC & DC and Bus
Wiring Colour
35. Earth Bus
Material
Shape
Size
36. Painting details
Paint type Paint
shade Paint
thickness
37. Shipping dimension of equipment (HxWxD)
38. Total weight of the equipment Accessories
39. Spring Charging Handle
VCB Operating Handle
40. Guarantee of the total equipment
including any integral part of the
equipment

1 State clearly about compliance of following

provisions as per provision in relevant Clauses of
Specification.

a) Name, Rating, Making, Property Plate, Circuit Level,

Connection Diagram

Operation Instruction
b) Chart

2 State clearly information about type testing of

similar Equipment in recognized Institution as
per Technical Specification. If yes, mention
clearly nature of tests carried out with Name of
Testing Institution.
3 Information about testing facilities available at the
Manufacturer's Works for conducting
Routing/Acceptance Tests.
 4 Information about submission of following documents
with the Tender

Copies of Type Test

a) Reports.

b) Copies of Tender Drawing Literature & Manual.

Copies of Tender Performance Reports & Credential

c)

Copies of Tender Literature & Leaflets of Device

d)
e) List of Recommended Spares.

5 Information about submission of Deviation Sheet

---------------------------------------
 ANNEXURE-H
GTP for Numerical Feeder (Non directional)
Protection Relay

Bidders
Sl. No. Feature and Function response
1.1 Make
Type
Ordering code (with supporting
documents)
1.2 Conformance to
i. IEC255-4
ii. IEC 61850

1.3 No. of CT inputs for O/C and E/F

Protection
1.4 Type test report submitted(y/n)
1.5 Relay shall be of Numeric Design
Relay designed for bay protection
1.6 and
Control
1.7 Size of Relay LCD screen
Relay is equipped with CB close and
1.8 open
key/push buttons
Relay has following protection
1.9 functions:
a. Three phase over current
b. Earth fault
c. Thermal overload function
d. Broken conductor protection
function
e. Circuit Breaker Maintenance
function
2. a. One time delayed element and two
high set elements
b. Setting range and step for IDMT
element for both current and Time
Multiplier Setting
c. Selectable Current/Time Curve
for
IDMT element
d. Setting range and step for high
set
 elements for both current and time
delay
Sampling rate and frequency of
3. analog
signal
4. Whether remote controllable from
SCADA
5. a. No. of Digital Inputs
b. Voltage rating of Digital Inputs
c. Provision of testing without
current
injection
6. Supervision for CB open and Closed
status
No. of programmable LEDs and no.
7. of
Latched LEDs
8. Analog Measurement and display
supported
9. Fault Record storage capacity
10. Event storage capacity
11. Disturbance record storage capacity
12. MMI with keypad and LCD provided
13. Rated DC Supply and tolerance
14. Rating of CT/PT secondary
15. Rated frequency
16. a. Operating ambient temperature &
humidity

b. Withstanding capability of
Electromagnetic interference as per
relevant part of IEC 61850

17. Mounting
18. Watchdog

19. a. Nominal Feeder current

b. CT Ratio setting
c. Earth fault current with time
delay IEC
Curves, 2nd stage for instantaneous
trip(less than 50 ms)
d. High set with delay
 e. IEC Curves for all O/C and E/F
have
user selectable?
a. No. of Digital Output
20. Contacts

b. Contact rating

21. Mode of Time Synchronization

22. Type of Lugs and terminators
23. MTBF

Lifespa
24. n
25. Compliance to Type Test
26. Communication Port
a. Rear port- details
b. Front port-details
Whether Communication Ports
27. are
native to the Relay
Protocol supported for Rear
28. Port

Protocol supported for Front

29. port
Start and trip output contacts are
30. freely
programmable
Cable for connection of Relay
31. to
laptop(USB port) along with
converter
and power supply if required for
relay
local setting
Basic application software for
32. setting
change, parameterisation
CD with software(licensed ) to
33. download
disturbance recorder, event
log and
evaluation of those records
Graphical configuration tool for I/P,
34. O/P
and functional building block
 for
protection and control
Any other software required
35. for
integration with SCADA.

ANNEXURE- J

GTP for Master Trip Relay

Sl. No. Description Bidder’s Response

01 Manufacturer Name

02 Type and
designation(Literature
to be submitted)
 3. Electrical reset

4. Mounting

4. High Burden relay

5. Operating Time

6. Rated DC supply and

tolerance

7. No. of NO Contact

8. No. of NC Contact

ANNEXURE-E

Technical Specification for Non-directional over current and earth fault relay

Sl. Feature and Function Technical requirement

No.

It is intended to automate the Switchgears specified in the scope of supply and

1 Purpose and use
Communicable Numeric relays for Protection, Control, Metering and Status monitoring.
application This
specification is based on the understanding that an integrated Automation System along
with protections shall be provided and same shall have provisions for Integration with
SCADA system. All the feeders shall be remote controlled from Employer‘s SCADA and
from the local console of the numerical relays.

Numerical multifunctional combined Microprocessor based Feeder protection and

management relay to protect the 11 kV Feeder from all electrical and other faults along
with
reporting system, Disturbance record for fault analysis. Bidder should comply with any
especial requirement or feature asked for retrofitting the relays. Relay should be IEC
61850
compliant. Relay should have 4 CT input for O/C and E/F protection. There should be
option
for derivation of E/F internally.
 Relay should have minimum two group of setting. Setting group
2. Main Protection 1. changeover
Feature required from digital status input.
Electrical over load protection with selectable IEC curves with two
2. stage, first stage
to be used as Definite Time / IDMT and second stage to be used as high
set for
short circuit protection.
Earth fault protection in two stages with IEC characteristics. First
3. stage to be used
as IDMT/Definite Time and second stage to be used as instantaneous
elements.
Earth fault element should be suitable for both CBCT and residual
type CT
connection.
4. Negative phase sequence Protection with IEC Curves.
5. CB Fail Protection & time settable as per user.
The relay should be immune to DC switching while carrying current i.e.
6. no spurious
trip should be generated if relay DC is made On and Off
The relay should conform to the IEC255-4 or BS 142 for Inverse
7. time
characteristics.
The relay should have features to monitor for broken conductor and CB
8. opening
time.

Relay shall be completely Numerical with protective elements having software

3. Processor feature algorithm
based on sampling of analog inputs. Sampling Rate of Analog Signal: The sampling
rate
should be 1000 Hz for 50 Hz signal or better for each analog channel. Hardware
based
measurements shall not be acceptable.

Operational The operation of Relay shall be possible both locally from the Switchgear and
4. Philosophy remote &
Local Work station. The local position shall be displayed in remote / local
workstation and
operation shall be blocked if the switch is in Local. Clear control
remote priorities shall
prevent initiation of operation of a single switch at the same time from more
than one of the
various control levels and there shall be interlocks among various control levels.
The priority
shall always be with the lowest enabled control level. Relay accuracy shall not be
affected
by system frequency fluctuation.
5. Status/Optical 1. Minimum 7 number status inputs are required
Inputs/Digital
inputs 2. All status inputs should be 30 V DC.
3. Setting group is required to be changed with any Digital input status.
4. Trip circuit supervision with DI status
The digital inputs shall be acquired by exception with 1ms resolution.
5. Contact
bouncing in digital inputs shall not be assumed as change of state.
Relay should have comprehensive self diagnostic feature with remote
6. indication of
relay failure and alarm shall be generated without tripping of circuit
7. Provision of Testing output relays without any current injection.
8. No. of programmable LEDs- at least 4 nos. with latching option.

measuring All measurements should be in primary quantities. Minimum following displays

6. Main and are required
reporting feature in alpha numeric:-
1. Three phase (Positive sequence) current
2. Neutral(zero sequence) current
3. All the trips should have clear indication on the relay terminals
4. Resetting should be selectable as hand reset or auto reset.
The default relay LCD shall be user defined to display primary circuit
5. loading.

Memory and The relay setting and programming should be stored in EEPROM so that
7. Recording 1. during
Feature Aux. Power failure the said data is not lost.
Relay should have event log, trip log and DR record. All logs should go in
2. to history.
All tripping of relay should initiate DR in auto without extra binary
3. input. Triggering
of DR with binary input should be user configurable.
The last 2 fault DR records should be in flash memory and DR will not
4. erase in case
of DC supply fail for more than 2 days.
Should be able to record at least 5 Oscillographic disturbances and 5
5. fault records
and 250 event records.
Minimum Four no. of latest trip log with cause of trip should be stored in
6. memory
along with date and time stamping. The memory should not be lost
with the
switching off of DC.
The relay should have fault-recording feature with current waveform
7. and Digital
Input status. The fault waveform should consist of minimum four
current waveforms
of three phase current and zero sequence current and DI status.
Triggering time for
 Pre and Post should have user selectable. This record should be in flash
memory
for minimum 7(seven) days even after switching off the DC supply.
8. The fault should be date and time stamped.
9. Communication protocol IEC 61850.
30 V DC to - 25% to + 10%, 2 wire unearthed system. Necessary software shall
8. Auxiliary Supply be in-built
for proper shutdown and restart in case of power failure. Auxiliary supply
burden will be
around 20Watt.
9. Rated CT/PT 5/1 Amp(User selectable) , CTs used to be protection class
secondary
10. Rated frequency 50 HZ +/- 3%
11. Ambient condition 1. Operating ambient temperature upto 55 Deg C
2. Operating Humidity upto 100 %
Relay shall meet the requirement for withstanding electromagnetic
3. interference
according to relevant parts of IEC 61850. Failure of single component
within the
equipment shall neither cause unwanted operation nor lead to a complete
system
breakdown.
Module and
12. Mounting 1. Relay should be flush mounted type
If module is draw-out type then it should have CT shorting facility of
2. make before
break type.
3. Mounting in switchgears located in non AC rooms.
Galvanic isolation between field connection and relay hardware should be
4. there.

Watchdog and The relay should have facility to monitor the healthiness of its circuits and
13. self components by
own monitoring system. In case of any problems, the alarm should be generated
monitoring by one of
the output contacts. The alarm as soft signal to be sent to SCADA
system as well.
Necessary support documentation explaining the self diagnostic feature shall be
furnished.

14. Settings Approximate settings possible should be as follows:-

1. Nominal Feeder current 2% to 110 %

2. CT Ratio setting 10-1000(approx.)
Earth fault current 5 to 40% with time delay IEC Curves, 2 nd stage for
3. instantaneous
trip(less than 50 ms)
Over current trip- 50% to 200% of 1/5 Amp with time delay as per IEC
4. Curves.
5. High set with delay 200% to 2000%
6. IEC Curves for all O/C and E/F have user selectable.
15. Output Relays Minimum 7 number output relays are required out of which
 One potential free change over contact should be provided for start
1. inhibit of relay.
2. All o/p contact should be freely programmable.
3. Rating of trip contacts:-
a) Contact durability>10K operation
b) 15 Amp make and carFry for 3 sec for trip contact
c) Make and carry for trip contacts L/R<=40ms
4. Rating of Alarm contacts:- 5 Amp make and carry continuously
for 5 sec.
Testing of Output relays through keypad on relay fascia and relay HMI
software. Output
relay dwell time shall be user programmable or fixed at 100ms.

Relay
16. software and 1. The relay should have native IEC 61850 Communication Protocol.
Man Machine
Interface 2. Should have password protected key padlock.
Necessary software for relay setting , retrieving DR, event log, trip log
3. should be
supplied by the Bidder. Necessary License is to be issued for
WBSEDCL, if
required.
Bidder has to supply communication hardware for relay setting, DR
4. downloading
from front port. This device should be compatible to USB/Ethernet
port.
It shall be possible to transfer the data stored in the DFR to
5. computer on
IEEE/COMTRADE format. The data format shall be compatible for
dynamic
protection relay testing on relay test kit. COMTRADE data viewing
software to be
provided.
6. Multiuser/Corporate license for installation on minimum 7 nos. of PCs.

Date and Time stamping with faults and record. The clock should be powered
17. Date and time from internal
cell and should not required setting after every DC switching. The internal cell
life minimum
5 years. Time synchronization by IRIG-B or SNTP. For time synchronization
through SNTP
is to be provided from clock signal coming from RTU. In case of IRIG-
B, time
synchronization will be done with GPS clock signal from GPS receiver located at
substation.

All CT and PT terminals shall be provided as fixed (screwed) type terminals on

Lugs and the relay to avoid any hazard due to loose connection leading to CT
18. terminators opening or any other
Loose connection. All CT terminals of relay to be compatible with ring type lug.
 Necessary amount of lugs should be supplied along with each relay for CT
connection and control wiring.

Manuals, Drawings The relays should be supplied with manuals with all technical and
19. and 1. operating
Literature instructions.
All the internal drawings indicating the logics and block diagram details
2. explaining
principle of operation should be given at the time of supply.
3. Mapping details shall be submitted in IEC format.
As part of this offer, Bidder shall have to provide necessary support during
20. Assistance in integration of
commissioning relays with the third party SCADA system which will be commissioned in future.

21. Standard 1. MICS document(model implementation conformance statement)

documentation per 2. PICS(protocol implementation conformance statement)
Relay, according to 3. PIXIT document
IEC
4. Conformance Test certificate by KEMA/CPRI.
61850
All the above mentioned certificates shall be submitted along with
Techno-
commercial Bid.
5. ICD file
6. SCD file
Extendibility in Bidder shall provide all necessary software tools along with source
22. Future The codes to
perform addition of bays in future and complete integration with SCADA by
the User.
These software tools shall be able to configure relay, add analog variable,
alarm list,
event list, modify interlocking logics etc. for additional bays/equipments
which shall be
added in future.

23. Lifespan The supplier should mention following:-

Product maturity: The Bidder should mention the time period for which
1. the product
is in the market
2. Expected production life
Hardware/Firmware change notification process. Upgrades to be
3. provided free of
cost within the warranty period/5 years whichever is later, if needed.
Lifespan of standard tools and processes for relay configuration,
4. querying and
integration.

The relay should conform to the IEC255-5 or equivalent BS / ANSI for

24. Standards following:-

1. Overload withstand test

 2. Dielectric withstand: 2kV in common, 1 kV in differential mode
3. Impulse Voltage: 5kV in common, 1kV in differential mode
4. Insulation resistance>100 M ohm.
5. Vibration: Shock and bump and Seismic
6. Storing and transportation
Radio Interference: IEC 61000 for high frequency disturbance,
7. Transient
disturbance, Electrostatic discharge.
8. KEMA/CPRI Certification for the particular model offered with
respect to IEC61850 Protocol.
25. Communication Port 1. Two nos. IEC 61850 protocol compliant, 100 MBPS Ethernet RJ45 port for
communication with SCADA system through two managed Ethernet
Switches operating in redundant mode. The communication shall be made in 1+1
mode between individual IED to Switch, such that failure of one set of LAN
shall not affect the normal operation of SCADA. However, it shall be alarmed in
SCADA. The relay ports should accommodate both daisy chain and star bus
tropology for SCADA integration.

Functioning of Relay shall not hamper to fault occurring any

2. interconnected relay.
One Front port Ethernet RJ45/USB 2.0 for relay parameterization and
3. configuration
etc. with the help of PC.
Relay should generate GOOSE message as per IEC 61850 standard
4. for
interlocking and also ensure interoperability with third party relays.

Each IED shall be clearly marked with manufacturer‘s Name, type, serial
26. Name Plate and no. and
electrical rating data. Name plates shall be made of anodized aluminium
marking with white
engraving on black surface.

27. Performance Relays will be guaranteed for the period of five years from the date of last
Guarantee dispach.
Any problem in the said period should be attended free of charge
inclusive of repair/replacement of relays/ component (both H/W, S/W).
Type
28. Test Dielectric Withstand Test—IEC 60255-5
High Voltage Impulse Test, class III --- IEC 60255-5(5kV peak, 1.2/50
micro Sec;3
Positive and 3 negative shots at interval of 5 Sec.)
DC Supply Interruption ---- IEC 60255-11
AC Ripple on DC supply ---- IEC 60255-11
Voltage Dips and Short Interruptions --- IEC 61000-4-11
High frequency Disturbance ---- IEC 60255-22-1, Class III
Fast Transient Disturbance ---- IEC 60255-22-4, Class-IV
Surge withstand capability ---- IEEE/ANSI C 37.90.1(1989)
 Degree of Protection
Electromagnetic compatibility
Mechanical stress/vibration test
Temperature withstand
Type test reports for the above tests shall be submitted for the approval of
WBSEDCL along
with Tender. Wherever the above mentioned standards and IEC 61850 overlap,
the latter
will prevail.

29. Credential as pre- Qualifying Requirement:-

requisite of Tender 1 . Successfully tested and in operation for minimum one year in WBSEB
/WBSEDCL / WBSETCL network.
OR
Copies of performance certificate for minimum two years successful
operation of
the offered relay in respect to implementation of IEC 61850 Protocol to any
SCADA / Sub
Station Automation System form different Organisations specially in any Power
Utility in
India as on the due date of bid opening.
2 . Documentary evidence for being manufacturers like registration
Certificate issued
by SSI / NSIC / Directorate of Industries / DGS&D, etc. for qualifying
requirement.
3 . The bidder should have testing facilities of all functional tests or
should have
arrangement of all functional tests at Government approved Testing
Laboratories.
4 . Successful Inter Operability and functional Test :-
Inter Operability Test of offered relay, which complies with other
technical
aspects of WBSEDCL‘S Technical Specifications, with the existing relays in
WBSEDCL
Network will be tested in Distribution Testing Department, WBSEDCL for
which due
intimation for supply of sample of offered relay will be given to the bidder
after opening of
the Techno-Commercial bid. The bidder needs to submit the said relay to
Distribution
Testing Department, Abhikshan within 15 (fifteen ) days from the said date of
intimation.

Offer with all relevant documents for numerical relay may be submitted
30. Offer for relay with different
make as per Annexure-B alongwith the Bid but after placement of order,
drawing for
approval needs to be submitted with only one type of accepted offered relay.
ANNEXURE-I
STANDARD

TECHNICAL SPECIFCATION

FOR

3Ph 4 WIRE HT CT/PT OPERATED FULLY STATIC

AMR COMPATIBLE TRI-VECTOR ENERGY METERS

DLMS COMPLIANT – CATEGORY „A‟

FOR

11 KV FEEDER METER

TECHNICAL SPECIFCATION FOR 3PHASE 4 WIRE CT, PT OPERATED 3PHASE LAG PLUS
LEAD ONLY FULLY STATIC AMR COMPATIBLE TRI-VECTOR ENERGY METERS FOR 11
KV FEEDER.

1.0 SCOPE

Design, manufacturing, testing, supply and delivery of AC, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, CT,PT operated lag
plus lead only fully Static and AMR compatible Tri-Vector Energy Meters for measurement of
different electrical parameters listed elsewhere in the document including Active Energy
(kWh/MWh), Reactive Energy (kVArh/MVArh), Apparent Energy (kVAh/MVAh) etc.

2.0 APPLICATION

FEEDER METER – Category “A”

3.0 STANDARDS TO WHICH METERS SHALL COMPLY

IS-14697:1999(2004) Specification for AC Static Transformer operated Watt Hour & VAR-
Hour meters (class 0.5S);

IS-15959:2011 Data Exchange for Electricity Meter Reading Tariff & Load Control – Companion
Specification

CBIP - 325 Manual on Standardization of AC Static Electrical Energy Meter

IEC 62052-11 Electricity metering equipment (AC) –General requirements, tests and test
conditions - Part 11: Metering equipment;

IEC 62053-22 Electricity metering equipment (AC) –Particular requirements - Part-22: Static
Meters for Active Energy (Class 0.5S);

IEC 62053-23 Electricity metering equipment (AC) –Particular requirements - Part-23: Static
Meters for Reactive Energy;

IS 15707 Specification for Testing, evaluation, installation & maintenance of AC Electricity

Meters-Code of Practice.

Guidelines on ―Data Exchange for Electricity Meter Reading, Tariff and Load Control –
Companion Specification‖

IEC 62056-21 Electricity metering: Data exchange for meter reading, tariff and load control-
Part 21:
Direct local data exchange

IEC 62056-31 Electricity metering: Data exchange for meter reading, tariff and load control -
Part 31:
Local Area Network data exchange

IEC 62056-61 Electricity metering: Data exchange for meter reading, tariff and load control-
Part 61:
Object identification system (OBIS)

The equipment meeting with the requirements of other authoritative standards, which ensure
equal or better quality than the standard mentioned above, also shall be considered; in case of
conflict the Guidelines on ―Data Exchange for Electricity Meter Reading, Tariff and Load
Control – Companion Specification‖ enclosed with this document as annexure shall prevail upon.
4.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

AMR Compatible Static, 3Ph, 4Wire 110V 11KV Tri-

1 TYPE Vector
Energy Meter for Feeder.

2 FREQUENCY 50 Hz ± 5%

3 ACCURACY CLASS 0.5S

Suitable for operation from 110V Ph-Ph, (3P, 4W) 63.5V Ph

4 SECONDARY VOLTAGE -
RATING N

5 VOLTAGE VARIATION (-) 30% to (+) 20%

6 BASIC CURRENT (Ib) & Ib- 1A, Imax – 2A,Ratio : --/1 A

CURRENT RATING

7 MAXIMUM As per IS 14697:1999(2004)

CONTINUOUS
CURRENT

8 STARTING CURRENT 0.1% of Ib at UPF

9 POWER CONSUMPTION The active and apparent power consumption, in each voltage
circuit, at reference voltage, reference temperature and
reference frequency shall not exceed 1. 5 W and 8 VA.

The apparent power taken by each current circuit, at basic

current, reference frequency and reference temperature
shall
not exceed 1.0 VA.

10 POWER FACTOR 0 Lag – Unity – 0 Lead

Meter shall be designed with application specific

11 DESIGN integrated
circuit (ASIC) or micro controller; shall have no moving
part;
electronic components shall be assembled on printed circuit
board using surface mounting technology; factory
calibration
using high accuracy (0.05 class) software based test bench.

Assembly of electronic components shall be as per ANSI

 /IPC-A-610 standard.

Manufacturer must have test certificate for conformance

12 DLMS TEST to
CERTIFICATE DLMS from CPRI of Category - C.

5.0 TEMPARATURE RISE:

Under normal condition of use, winding and insulation shall not reach a temperature,
which might adversely affect the operation of the meters. IS14697:1999(2004) should be
followed.

6.0 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:

Temperature : -10 C to 55 C (in shade)

Humidity : up to 95% RH non-condensing

Average annual rainfall : 150 cm.

Max Wind Pressure : 150 kg/sq.m.

Max. Altitude above MSL : 3000 m.

7.0 TROPICAL TREATMENT:

The meters shall be suitably designed and treated for normal life and satisfactory
operation under hot & hazardous tropical climate conditions and shall be dust and vermin proof.
All the parts & surface, which are subject to corrosion, shall either be made of such material or
shall be provided with such protective finish which provides suitable protection to them from
any injurious effect of excessive humidity.

8.0 CONSTRUCTIONAL REQUIREMENT/ METER COVER & SEALING

ARRANGEMENT

Wherever poly carbonate cover is specified, it shall conform to IS 11731 (FH-1category)

besides meeting the test requirement of heat deflection test as per ISO 75, glow wire test as
per the IS:11000 (part 2/SEC-1) 1984 OR IEC PUB,60695-2-12, Ball pressure test as per IEC--
60695-10-2 and Flammability Test As per UL 94 or As per IS 11731(Part-2) 1986.
9.0 CONSTRUCTION

The case, winding, voltage circuit, sealing arrangements, registers, terminal block,
terminal cover & name plate etc. shall be in accordance with the relevant standards. The meter
should be compact & reliable in design, easy to transport & immune to vibration & shock involved
in the transportation & handling. The construction of the meter should ensure consistence
performance under all conditions especially during heavy rains / very hot weathers. The
insulating materials used in the meter should be non-hygroscopic, non-ageing & have tested
quality.

The meter should comply latest technology such as Microcontroller or Application

Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) to ensure reliable performance. The mounting of the
components on the PCB should compulsorily be Surface Mounted Technology (SMT) type. Power
supply component may be of PTH type. The electronic components used in the meter should be
of high quality and there should be no drift in the accuracy of the meter for at least ten years.
The circuitry of the meter should be compatible with 16 Bit (or better) ASIC with compatible
processor and meter should be based on Digital measuring and sampling technique.

The meter should be housed in a safe, high grade, unbreakable, fire resistant, UV
stabilized, virgin Polycarbonate/ High grade engineering plastic/Thermosetting Plastic casing of
projection mounting type. The meter cover should be transparent, for easy reading of
displayed parameters, and observation of operation indicators. The meter base may or may not
be transparent, but it should not be black in colour. The meter casing should not change
shape, size, and dimensions when subjected to 200 hrs on UV test as per ASTMD 53. It should
withstand 650 deg. C. glow wire test and heat deflection test as per ISO 75.

Meters must be supplied with 2 (two) nos. manufacturers‘ seals between meter base and
meter cover at both the sides.

Both the communication port (Optical and RS 485 port) should have proper sealing
arrangement.
The bidder shall submit relevant documents (collected form Meter Manufacturer)
regarding the procurement of polycarbonate material. The polycarbonate material of only the
following manufacturers shall be used.

a) G.E. Plastics/Sabic: LEXAN 943A or LEXAN 143 or equivalent for Meter & Terminal
cover, and LEXAN 503R or 500R or equivalent for base.

Grade corresponding to
b) BAYER/SABIC : above

c) DOW Chemicals : -Do-

d) MITSUBISHI : -Do-

e) TEJIN : -Do-

f) DUPONT : -Do-

10.0 METER CASE AND COVER

 The meter should be sealed in such a way that the internal parts of the meter becomes
inaccessible and attempts to open the meter shall result in viable damage to the meter cover.
This is to be achieved by using continuous Ultrasonic welding on the Meter body, fully
flushed between case and cover. In case, ultrasonic welding using plate/strip is used the
material of plate/strip should be same as that of cover and base and the strip should flush with
meter body. The manufacturer‘s logo should be embossed on the strip / plate.

The meter cover should be fixed to the meter base (case) with Unidirectional Screws,
so that the same cannot be opened by use of screwdrivers. The meter shall withstand external
magnetic influence as per latest amendments of CBIP Technical Report No. 304.

11.0 TERMINAL BLOCK AND COVER:

The terminals may be grouped in a terminal block having adequate insulating properties
and mechanical strength. The terminal block should be made from best quality non-hygroscopic,
flame retardant material (capable of passing the flammability tests) with nickel plated brass
inserts / alloy inserts for connecting terminals.

The terminals in the terminal block shall be of adequate length in order to have proper
grip of conductor with the help of screw adjustable metal plates to increase the surface of
contact and reduce the contact resistance. The screws shall have thread size not less than M 4
and head having 4-6mm. diameters. The screws shall not have pointed ends at the end of
threads. All terminals and connecting screws should be of tinned/nickel plated brass material.

The internal diameter of terminal hole should be minimum 5.5 mm. The holes in the
insulating material shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the insulation of conductor also.

The terminal cover shall be transparent High grade Engineering Plastic/Polycarbonate/

Thermosetting Plastic with minimum thickness 2.0 mm and the terminal cover shall be of
extended type completely covering the terminal block and fixing holes. The space inside the
terminal cover should be sufficient to accommodate adequate length of external cables.

12.0 WORKING ENVIRONMENT

As per IS 14697:1999(2004). Meter to perform satisfactorily under Non-Air

Conditioned environment (within stipulations of IS) IP51 housing for indoors.

The meter shall be suitable designed for satisfactory operation under the hot and
hazardous tropical climate conditions and shall be dust and vermin proof. All the parts and
surface, which are subject to corrosion, shall either be made of such material or shall be
provided with such protective finish, which provided suitable protection to them from any
injurious effect of excessive humidity.
13.0 MANUFACTURING PROCESS, ASSEMBLY AND TESTING

Meters shall be manufactured using latest and ‗state of the art‘ technology and
methods prevalent in electronics industry. The meter shall be made from high accuracy and
reliable surface mount technology (SMT) components. All inward flow of major components and
sub assembly parts (CT, PT, RTCs / Crystal, LCDs, LEDs, power circuit electronic components
etc.) shall have batch and source identification. Multilayer ‗PCB‘ assembly with ‗PTH‘ using
surface mounted component shall have adequate track clearance for power circuits. SMT
component shall be assembled using automatic ‗pick-and-place‘ machines, Reflow Soldering oven,
for stabilized setting of the components on ‗PCB‘. For soldered PCBs, cleaning and washing of
cards, after wave soldering process is to be carried out as a standard practice. Assembly line of
the manufacturing system shall have provision for testing of sub-assembled cards. Manual
placing of components and soldering, to be minimized to items, which cannot be handled by
automatic machine. Handling of ‗PCB‘ with ICs / C-MOS components, to be restricted to bare
minimum and precautions to prevent ‗ESD‘ failure. Complete assembled and soldered PCB should
undergo functional testing using Computerized Automatic Test Equipment.

Fully assembled and finished meter shall under go ‗burn-in‘ test process for 24
Hours at 55 degree Celsius (Max. temperature to not exceed 60 degree Celsius) under base
current (Ib) load condition.

Test points should be provided to check the performance of each block/stage of the
meter circuitry.

RTC shall be synchronized with NPL time at the time of manufacture. Meters testing
at intermediate and final stage shall be carried out with testing instruments, duly calibrated
with reference standard, with traceability of source and date.

14.0 DISPLAY OF MEASURED VALUES

The meter display shall have 7 digits(complete) for energy counter with alphanumeric
digits for parameter identifier and tamper indication with backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
of minimum 10 mm height, wide viewing angle suitable for temperature withstand of 70° C. LCD
to be of ‗STN‘ (super twisted numetic) type construction.
The data stored in the meters shall not be lost in the event of power failure. The
meter shall have Non Volatile Memory (NVM), which does not need any battery backup. The
NVM shall have a minimum retention period of 10 years.

Meter shall have Scroll Lock facility to display any one desired parameter
continuously from display parameters.

Auto display cycling of each parameter should be minimum 10-12 Seconds. The time
between two auto display cycles shall be 100-120 sec. OBIS code in display is not required.
 It should be possible to easily identify the single or multiple displayed parameters
through symbols/legend on the meter display itself or through display annunciation.

AUTO MODE:

i) LCD Test

ii) Meter Serial Number

iii) Real Time & Date (DD/MM/YYYY)

iv) Rising Apparent Demand with elapsed time

v) Cumulative Power Off Hours

vi) Cumulative Active Energy (Cumulative sign/legend must be given)

vii) Cumulative Reactive Energy Lag (do)

viii) Cumulative Reactive Energy Lead (do)

ix) Cumulative Apparent Forward Energy – Lag Only (do)

x) Apparent Forward Max. Demand (with minimum 2 decimal) – Lag Only

xi) TOD Wise Total Active Forward Energy

xii) TOD Wise Apparent Energies

xiii) TOD Wise Apparent Max. Demand (with 2 decimal))

xiv) Cumulative Apparent Maximum Demand (Cumulative sign/legend must be given)

xv) Cumulative Billing Count

xvi) Cumulative Tamper Count

xvii)Phase Sequence & phase correspondences of Voltage & Current

xviii) Connection Check

xix)Self Diagnosis

PUSH BUTTON MODE:

( I ) to ( xvi ) of Auto Display then

xvii)History 1 Cum Active Forward Energy

 xviii) TOD wise History 1 Cum Active Forward Energy

xxi)History 1 Cum Apparent Forward Energy

xx) TOD Wise History 1 Cum Apparent Forward Energy.

xxi)Last Billing Date and Time

xxii) Phase Sequence & phase correspondences of Voltage & Current

xxiii) Connection Check

xxiv)Self Diagnosis

xxv) Battery Status

xxvi)Cumulative Programming Count

xxvii) Present/ Last MD Reset Time and Date

xxviii) Inst. Secondary Voltages –Phase Wise (P-N)

xxix) Inst. Secondary Currents – Phase Wise

xxx) Signed Inst. Power Factor – Phase Wise

xxxi) Inst. Net Power Factor

xxxii) History 1 Billed Average Power Factor

xxxiii) Signed Inst. Active Power,

xxxiv) Inst. Apparent Power

xxxv) Inst. Frequency

xxxvi) Present Tamper Status (PT/CT/Other)

xxxvii) First Occurrence with Date & Time

xxxviii) Last Occurrence with Date & Time

xiI) Last Restoration with Date & Time

xI) Front Cover Open Count

xli) Front Cover Open with Date and Time

xlii) High Resolution Cumulative Forward Active Energy

 xIiii) High Resolution Cumulative Forward Reactive Energy (Lag)

xIiv) High Resolution Cumulative Forward Active Energy (Lead)

xlv) High Resolution Cumulative Forward Apparent Energy

Power OFF Mode

i) Meter Sl No

ii) Date and Time

iii) Cumulative Active Forward Energy

iv) Cumulative Reactive Energy(Lag)

v) Cumulative Reactive Energy(Lead)

vi) Cumulative Apparent Energy

vii) Current Apparent Forward MD

viii)History 1 Apparent Forward MD

ix) Cumulative Billing Count

x) Cumulative Tamper Count

The register shall be able to record and display starting from zero, for a minimum
of 2500 hours, the energy corresponding to rated maximum current at reference voltage and
unity power factor. The register should not roll over in between this duration.

High resolution registers required in display min 4 digits (for kWh) and 6 digit
(for MWh) after decimal in case of Energy.

No decimal is required for main KWh, KVAh, KVarh (lag & lead) display. If display
is in MWH, digits after decimal may go up to KWH registration.

Push button mechanism should be of high quality and should provide trouble free
service for a long span of time. Up and Down scrolling facility should be there for Push Button
Mode. If there is separate button for MD reset, it should also have scrolling facility.

15.0 MAXIMUM DEMAND

The meter should be capable of recording the Apparent/Active MD with integration

period of 15 minutes.

MD RESET OPTION
 i) Billing Date at 00:00 Hrs of 1st day of the Month (Programmable)
ii) Push button
iii) By Authenticated Command from BCS through HHU or directly from PC/REMOTE
MD reset button should have proper sealing arrangement. Specific operation should
be available in downloading data.
16.0 PERFORMANCE UNDER INFLUENCE QUANTITIES

The meters performance under influence quantities shall be governed by IS

14697:1999 (2004). The accuracy of meter shall not exceed the permissible limits of accuracy
as per standard IS 14697:1999(2004).

17.0 OUTPUT DEVICE

Energy Meter shall have test output, accessible from the front, and be capable of
being monitored with suitable testing equipment while in operation at site. The operation
indicator must be visible from the front and test output device shall be provided in the form
of LED. Resolution of the test output device shall be sufficient to enable the starting current
test in less than 10 minutes. Minimum gap should be maintained between Active & Reactive
Test LED.

18.0 REAL TIME INTERNAL CLOCK (RTC)

RTC shall be pre-programmed for 30 Years Day/date without any necessity for
correction.
The maximum drift shall not exceed ± 300 Seconds per year.

The clock day/date setting and synchronization shall only be possible

through password/Key code command from one of the following:

a) Hand Held Unit (HHU) or directly through BCS and this shall authentication
from BCS for individual meter.

From remote server through suitable communication network with authentication

from BCS.

19.0 TIME OF DAY FACILITIES:

The meter should have facilities to record Active, Apparent Energies and MD with a
facility of 8 time zones. The time zones should be user programmable through authenticated
command from BCS with the help of HHU. At present only 3 (Three) TOD zones to be activated in
following manners;
 TOD – 1 06:00 Hrs to 17:00 Hrs

TOD – 2 17:00 Hrs to 23:00 Hrs

TOD – 3 23:00 Hrs to 06:00 Hrs

20.0 METER READING DURING POWER OFF:

It should be possible to read the meter-display visually and with MRI and in
absence of input voltages with the help of internal battery for display in power off condition
or external battery pack/PPU. The interface should be inductive coupling.

21.0 SELF DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES:The meter shall be capable of performing complete

self-diagnostic check to monitor the circuits for any malfunctioning to ensure integrity of data
memory location all the time. If possible, the details of malfunctioning should be recorded in
the meter memory. The bidder should furnish the details of self-diagnostic capability feature,
viz (i) Memory status, (ii)Battery status (iii) NVM & (iv) RTC Status in BCS as well as it should
be in display.

22.0 BASE COMPUTER SOFTWARE (BCS): Exclusively used for the manufacturers
meter only.

The BCS should be user friendly. Windows 8 / 7 based BCS shall be supplied. The
data transfer should be reliable and fraud proof. BCS should give all details pertaining to billing
and load survey data. The meter condition details should also be transferred into the BCS
including abnormalities/anomalies of voltage current conditions or tamper conditions which can
occur due to mistake in connections or intentionally done for the purpose of tamper.

The software should show electrical conditions existing at the time of reading the
meter in tabular forms as well as in graphical format (Phase diagram) i.e. Phase diagram is
required for voltage, current & PF only.

All the information about energy, maximum demand and their respective TOD
register readings, billing register readings and billing history readings should be shown in a
manner which user can understand quickly, preferably in tabular format.

All the load survey data should be available in numerical as well as graphical format.
It should also be possible to view this data in daily, weekly and monthly formats. The load
survey graph should show the respective values.

All the information about tamper events should be accompanied with date and time
stamping along with the ‗SNAPSHOT‘ (details) of the respective electrical conditions. This
information should be displayed in the sequence in which it happened, in cumulative format as
well as in summary format. The cumulative format should segregate a particular tamper
information and summary report should show count of tamper occurrence, restoration and the
duration for which meter has remained under tamper condition.

In BCS, tamper events must be followed as per Table 32-38 as per IS 15959.
However, final tamper logic will be given at the time of sample testing. Before issuing the
purchase order bidder has to confirm with letter to comply the said tamper logic. In display,
first tamper occurrence & last tamper occurrence & restoration with date & time and total
tamper count must be available.

Facility to view data incorporating External multiplying factor due to Installed

CTs & PT should be provided.

The software should be capable of preparing CMRI to read the meter

information or to reconfigure the meter for change the setting of the meter as per IS
15959:2011.

The BCS should have the facility for ASCII conversion of all recorded meter data.
There should be user friendly approach for viewing meter data for the reading collected now or
for the reading collected in the past. All information about a particular consumer should be
segregated and available at one place so that locating any consumer's past data is easy. It
should be possible to locate/retrieve data on the basis of one of the following particulars:

a) Consumer ID/Number.

b) Meter Sr. No.

c) Date of meter reading.

d) Location.

The BCS shall have multi level password for data protection and security. The first
level should allow the user to enter the system. The different software features shall be
protected by different passwords. The configuration of passwords should be user definable.
The software installed on one PC should not be copy-able on to another PC.

It is very important that the BCS has the feature to export available data
to ASCII format for integrating with the WBSEDCL billing system. Here again a wizard
should be available whereby user can select file format (for ASCII), what data to
export, the field width selection (whether 8 characters or 10 characters, to include
decimal point or not, number of digits after decimal point etc).

Help should be available with the software so that user can use all the features
of the software by just reading the Help contents.
23.0 LOAD SURVEY:
The meter should be capable of recording load survey data of Phase wise Voltage,
Phase wise current, Average Power Factor, Active Energy and Apparent Energy for a period of
minimum 45 days for 15-minute integration period. Real time & date should be shown in all the
load survey graphs and table.

24.0 MEASUREMENT OF ENERGY

The meter should be capable of measuring Fundamental Energy as well Total Energy
i.e. Fundamental plus Harmonics energy. Total Energy shall be made available on meter-display
and the same only shall be used for billing purpose. Fundamental Energy should be provided in
display.

The Fundamental Energy shall be logged in the meter memory and be capable
of downloading to the BCS through the HHU and be available for viewing at the BCS
end.

25.0 MARKING OF METERS

Every meter shall have a nameplate clearly visible and indelible and distinctly
marked in accordance with the relevant Standard mentioning ―Category – A‖. The following
information should appear on an external plate attached to the meter cover.

i) Manufacturers Name or trademark and place of manufacture.

ii) Designation of type.
iii) Number of phases and wires.
iv) Serial number of meter.
v) Month and year of manufacture.
vi) Principal unit of measurement.
vii) P.T. Ratio.
viii) Basic Current and rated maximum current.
ix) C.T. Ratio.
x) Reference frequency in Hz.
xi) Meter constant (impulse/unit).
xii) Class index of meter.
xiii) Reference temperature.
xiv) ―Property of WBSEDCL‖
xv) Purchaser‘s Order No. & Date.
xvi) Guarantee for 5 years from the date of last despatch.
xvii)Sign. of insulation.
xviii) Bar coding of Serial Number, month & year of manufacture.

The meter shall also store name plate details as given in the Table - 30 of IS
15959:2011
26.0 COMMUNICATION CAPABILITY

The meter shall be provided with two ports for communication of the
measured/collected data. The hardware port (with sealing facility) compatible with RS 485
specifications which shall be used for remote access through suitable Modem and an Optical
port complying with hardware specifications detailed in IEC-62056-21. This shall be used for
local data downloading through a DLMS compliant HHU or direct through BCS.

Both ports shall support the default and minimum baud rate of 9600 bps.

Optical Cord (i.e. Optical Port of Meter to PC) must be USB type.

Data downloading time from meter to HHU/PC should be within 2 min for meter
data (without load survey) and within 6 min for meter data with load survey.

27.0 HAND HELD UNIT (HHU)

To enable local reading of meters data a DLMS compliant HHU (DOS Based) shall be
used. The HHU shall be as per IS 15959:2011. It shall be compatible to the DLMS compliant
energy meters that are to be procured/supplied on the basis of the specification having at least
one USB communication port.

28.0 TAMPER & FRAUD MONITORING FEATURES

The meter shall work satisfactorily under presence of various influencing conditions
like External Magnetic Field, Electromagnetic Field, Radio Frequency Interference, Vibrations,
Harmonic Distortion, Voltage/Frequency Fluctuations, and Electromagnetic High Frequency
Fields etc. The meter shall be immune to abnormal voltage/frequency generating devices and
shall record the occurrence and restoration of all tampers and related snapshots as per
Annexure – G of IS 15959:2011

The meters should work even in the presence of any two Potential wires. Meter should
work correctly irrespective of phase sequence.

Tamper details shall be stored in internal memory for retrieval by authorized

personnel through either of the following:

a) DLMS compliant HHU.

b) Remote access through suitable communication network.

c) Direct by PC.
 Meter should have a continuous and clear indication / annunciation in its display if
top cover is removed/open and even refixed (non roll over) and only cover open must be logged
in BCS without any restoration. Auto scroll display may be sacrificed for that COVER OPEN .

Minimum 400 numbers of events preferable (compartment wise) i.e. 200 no.
events for occurrences & 200 no. events for restoration with date & time and snapshot
should be available in the meter memory.

Default occurrence and restoration time shall be 5 minutes but it

shall be programmable.

Final tamper Logic and threshold values as per our requirement will be supplied
at the time of Sample Testing. Before issuing the purchase order, Bidder has to
confirm with letter about compliance of the said Tamper Logic within stipulated period.

All the tamper information logged by the meter should be available in BCS with
snapshot, Date & Time as per Table 39 of IS 15959:2011 with occurrence and restoration.

Properly designed meter tamper logic with threshold value, should be provided and
clearly explained in the bid. The tamper logic should be capable of discriminating the system
abnormalities from source side and load side and it should not log / record tamper due to
source side abnormalities. The meter should be able to distinguish between HT PT fuse blowing
and Single Phasing and record the former.

29.0 TYPE TESTS

Meters shall be fully type tested as per relevant Standard (IS 15959) (latest
version). The type test certificates should be submitted as per IS 15959 along with the offer.
Offer without Type Test Report shall be liable for rejection. The type test certificate shall not
be more than five years old from the Due date of submission of Tender.

30.0 ACCEPTANCE & ROUTINE TESTS:

All acceptance tests as per relevant standards shall be carried out at Meter
Manufacturer‘s Works in the presence of WBSEDCL representatives.
Further Purchaser shall reserve the right to pick up energy meters at random from
the lots offered and get the meter tested from NABL accredited lab. The supplier has no
right to contest the test results NABL accredited lab or for additional test and has to
replace/take corrective action at the cost of the supplier.
31.0 INSPECTION:

The inspection shall be carried out at any stage of manufacture, by the WBSEDCL
authorized representatives, with prior intimation to the supplier. The manufacturer shall grant all
reasonable facilities for testing free of charge for inspection and testing to satisfy the
purchaser that the materials to be supplied are in accordance with their specification.

The supplier shall keep the WBSEDCL informed in advance, about the
manufacturing program so that the arrangement can be made for inspection.

The representative / Engineer of the WBSEDCL attending the above testing shall carry
out testing as per relevant standards and issue test certificate approval to the manufacturer and
give clearance for dispatch.

32.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

The meter manufacturer shall have a comprehensive quality assurance program at all
stages of manufacture for ensuring products giving reliable, trouble free performance. Details of
the Manufacturer‘s quality assurance and test set up shall be furnished with the bid. A detailed
quality assurance program shall be finalized with the successful bidder during the award stage.

Bidder (collected from Meter Manufacturer) shall furnish following information along
with his bid:

a) Organization structure of the manufacturer and his main sub-suppliers (PCBs,

SMT cards, CT/PT) with details of ‗QA‘ setup, overall workflow.

b) Copy of system manual showing ‗QAP‘ (Quality Assurance Plan) as actually practiced
during manufacturing and final testing.

c) List of raw materials and critical components (ASIC chip, crystal clock, memory
register Chip, transformers, optical ports etc.) with their suppliers and procurement details.

d) Stage inspection of product before final testing.

e) Procedure adopted for ‗In-situ‘ testing of PCBs, after placement of surface

mounted component, for quantitative parametric variation of tolerance by self or
sub-contractor.

f) Testing and calibration facility, date of calibration of test bench, manpower data of
bench

g) Sample copies of test certificate of bought out components.

33.0 TESTING FACILITIES:

The Bidder (Meter Manufacturer) shall have at least the following testing facilities to
ensure accurate calibration:

a) Insulation resistance measurement

b) Running at no load
c) Starting current test

d) Limits of error

e) Dial Test

f) Power loss in voltage and current ckt.

g) Repeatability of error

h) Transportation test

i) Tamper Test

j) Ageing Test

The Bidder (Meter Manufacturer) shall give a detailed list of bought out items with name
of the manufacturer and details about quality control.

34.0 GUARANTEE

Equipment (Meter & CMRI) supplied shall be guaranteed for a period of 5 years from
the date of last despatch. Bidders shall guarantee to replace the meters, which are found to be
defective/inoperative at the time of installation, or become inoperative/ defective during
guarantee period. Replacements shall be effected within 1 month from the date of intimation.

35.0 FIXING & SEALING ARRANGEMENT

Every meter shall have three fixing holes one at the top and two at the bottom. The top
hole shall be provided with a special clip at the back of the meter so that holding screw is not
accessible to the consumer after the fixing of the meters. The lower fixing screws shall be provided
under the sealed terminal cover. The requisite fixing screws shall be supplied with each meter.

Necessary provision may be kept for fixing the utility seal also.

The manufacturers seal provided with the meter should be of high quality with
tamper proof features.
36.0 Supply of Power Pack , HHU , Communication Cord (HHU to PC & Meter to PC)
For every 50 nos. of meters and part thereof one power pack (if not internal battery)
and one HHU (DOS based) & 50 nos. communication cord for each type ( Meter to CMRI and Meter
to PC USB type) should be supplied free of cost. The guarantee period of HHU and Power Pack will
be of 60 months from the date of last despatch.

37.0 SUBMISSION OF SAMPLE ENERGY METER & DOCUMENTS

After opening of the Techno-Commercial Bid, Bidder has to submit two nos offer
Meter within 15 days from the date of intimation to C.E.DTD,WBSEDCL for sample test in
presence of Bidder‘s representative along with inherent features, BCS and sample of seal, Type
Test Certificates, DLMS Certificate and with the test results and ISI Certificate, Tamper
Logic, Display Parameters List.

i ) 3-Phase 4-Wire 11 KV, - /1A. Class of Accuracy 0.5s – 2Nos. (Without

Ultrasonic welding)
ii ) Sample meters shall be submitted along with 1 no. ultrasonically welded (Proto
Type) case and cover. HHU, Power-Pack, Modem along with SIM Card if
required, to be brought at the time of testing of sample meters submitted
against the tender.

Offer with all relevant documents for Energy Meter may be submitted with
different make as per Annexure-B alongwith the Bid but after placement of order,
drawing for approval needs to be submitted with only one type of accepted offered
Energy Meter.

38.0 SCHEDULES:

The Bidder (collected from Meter Manufacturer) shall submit the following
schedules (as per Standard Format), which is part and parcel of the Specification.

Schedule A Guaranteed Technical Particulars

Schedule B List of Raw Material (as per enclosed format)

Schedule C Pre Qualification Condition

Schedule D List of Documents to be submitted during sample submission

Normally the offer should be as per Technical Specification without any deviation.
But any deviation from Specified Standards, Specified Test Requirement, Technical
Specification felt necessary to improve performance, efficiency and utility of
equipment must be mentioned in the ‘Deviation Schedule’ with reasons of such
deviation. Such deviation suggested may or may not be accepted. Deviations not
mentioned in Deviation Schedule will never be considered.

Schedule - A

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 11KV STATIC

TRIVECTOR METERS

Manufacturer‟s
Sl.No. Description Required Specification
particulars

1 Maker’s name and country To be mentioned

2 Type of meter/model To be mentioned
3 Accuracy class 0.5S
4 Parameters displayed To be mentioned
5 P.F. Range 0 Lag – Unity - 0 Lead
6 Basic Current (Ib) 1A
7 Maximum Current 200 % of Ib
8 Minimum starting current 0.1% of Ib
9 Rated Voltage Ph-Ph : 110V, Ph–N;63.5V
Variation of voltage at which
10 meter -30% to + 20% of Vref
functions normally
11 Rated Frequency 50Hz
12 Power Loss in Voltage & Current Voltage Circuit Less than
1.5W/8VA, Current Circuit
circuits Less
than 1VA.
(Less VA/ Watt getting
the
preference)
13 Dynamic range To be mentioned
14 MD reset Provisions a) Through authenticated
CMRI or Remote
Communication Command.
b) Automatic resetting at
preset date & time.
No. of digits of display and Seven segment, minm. 7
15 height digit
of character Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
with backlit or LED, having
minimum character height
 of
10 mm.
16 Size of Non volatile memory To be mentioned
17 Principle of operation To be mentioned
18 MD Integration period 15 Minutes
19 Weight of meter To be mentioned
20 Dimensions To be mentioned
21 Warranty 5 years from date of last
dispatch.
22 Outline drawings & Leaflets To be furnished
a) Remote meter-readout
23 facility To be mentioned
b) Communication protocol used. To be mentioned
c) Sealing provision for meter & To be mentioned
optical port.
d) Baud rate of data
transmission To be mentioned
e) Required software to be
resident To be mentioned
in CMRI and BCS.
f) Ultrasonic welding of body To be mentioned
g) Manufacturer’s Seal provided To be mentioned
24 Base Computer Software Windows 8/7 based
25 Type Test Certificates To be furnished
26 Time of Day Zones (Selectable) To be mentioned
27 Whether meter measures both Both required
fundamental & Harmonic Energy
28 Real Time Clock Accuracy Max. drift per annum
±300 sec for Class 0.5S.
29 Anti Tamper Features To be mentioned in details.
30 Data retention by NVM without 10 years
battery back up and un-powered
condition.
60 months from the date of
31 Guarantee period of meter last
despatch. Guarantee period
shall be printed on the
nameplate.
32 BIS license To be mentioned
BIS license No. & dt. with its
32.1 validity To be mentioned
for ISI certification mark on
offered
meter.
 Details of meter design for
32.2 which To be mentioned
above BIS certification has
been
obtained: -
(i) Ratio of Ib to Imax
(ii) Material of meter body
(iii) Grade of printed circuit Board
material
(iv)` Type of assembly of component
used (SMT)
(v) Meter constant (IMP / KWh)
Auxiliary power circuit (with PT
(vi) or
PT less)
(vii) Accuracy class
ISO accreditation no. & dt.
33 with its
validity
Other parameters / features Conform to specification of
34 not IS-
14697 / 1999 & CBIP
covered in the above GTP technical
report No.88 (with its
latest
amendment).
Copies of order executed in
35 Past Experience last
three years along with GTP
of
the supplied meters to be
enclosed. Past experience to
be
considered for
manufacturing
meter as per IS: 14697 &
CBIP-
88/304
SHEDULE-B

Sl. Component Make / Origin

No. Function / Feature

1 Current Element
Measurement /Computing
2 chips
3 Memory chips
4 Display modules

5 Communication modules
6 Optical port
7 Power Supply
8 Electronic components
9 Mechanical parts
10 Battery
11 RTC / Micro controller

SCHEDULE-C
Pre-Qualification Conditions for HT Static Meters

Sl. No. Particulars Remarks

1 Bidders (Meter Manufacturer) must have valid BIS
certification for the offered meter. If it has started
to issue Yes / No
by appropriate authority.
Bidder (Meter Manufacturer) preferably posses ISO
2 9001
Yes / No
certification
Bidder (Meter Manufacturer) should be manufacturers
3 of Yes / No
static meters having supplied Static LT, 11/33 KV H.T.
Meters with memory and LCD display as per IS 14697 &
CBIP 304 to Electricity Boards / Utilities in the past 3
years.
Bidders(Meter Manufacturer) should have dust free,
4 static Yes / No
protected environment for manufacture, assembly and
Testing.
5 Bidder(Meter Manufacturer) should have automatic Yes / No
 computerized test bench for lot testing of meters.
6 Bidder (Meter Manufacturer) has facilities of Oven for Yes / No
ageing test.

SCHEDULE - D

Sl. LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED

No. DURING SAMPLE SUBMISSION

Attested copy of type test reports from

1 NABL
accredited laboratory as per new IS(If
Published)
2 Attested copy of BIS certificates of the same
type of meter submitted as sample

Attested certificates as regards material used

3 for
meter case, cover & terminal block.

4 Annexure – II as per tender documents

5 Annexure – III as per tender documents

6 Operating manual & Tamper logic of the meter

submitted
ANNEXURE - V

Component Specifications:

The meters shall be designed and manufactured using SMT (Surface Mount
Technology) components, except for power supply components, LCD etc., which are PTH
type. All the material and electronic power components used in the manufacture of the
meter shall be of highest quality and reputed makes so as to ensure higher reliability, longer
life and sustained accuracy.

Sl. Component
Requirement Make / origin
no. Function / Feature

1. Current Element Current Transformer Any make or origin

conforming to
IS-2705
2. Measurement / The Measurement / computing chips USA:Analog Devices,
computing chips used in the meter should be with the AMS, Cyrus Logic,
Surface mount type. Atmel, SAMES, Texas
Instruments,Teridian,
Japan: NEC,Freescale,
Renesas,
Holland: Phillps
3. Memory chips The memory computing chips should not USA: National Semi
be affected by the external parameters
like Conductor, Atmel,
sparking, high voltage spikes or SAMES, Texas
Instruments,Teridian,
electrostatic discharges. ST
Japan: Hitachi, OKI,
Freescale, Renesas,
Holland / Korea: Phillps
4. Display modules The display modules should be well Singapore: Bonafied
protected from the external UV
radiations. Technologies,
The display should be clearly visible over Korea: Advantek,
an angle of at least a cone of 70o.The Japan : Hitachi, SONY,
construction of the modules should be
such Hijing,Truly
that the displayed quantity should not Semiconductor.
disturbed with the life of display. The
display should be TN type industrial grade
with extended temperature range.

5. Communication Communication modules should be USA: National

modules compatible for the RS 232 ports. Semiconductors, HP,
 ST, Texas Instruments,
Agilent,
USA / Korea: Fairchild
Holland/ Korea: Philips,
Japan: Ligitek, Hitachi,
Germany: Siemens,
Tiwan: Everlight,

Optical port should be used to

6. Optical port transfer USA: National
the meter data to meter reading
instrument. Semiconductors, Texas
The mechanical construction of the port Instruments, HP,
should be such to facilitate the data
transfer Agilent,
easily. Japan: Hitachi, ,
Germany:Siemens,
Holland / Korea:Philips,
Tiwan:Everlight,
7. Power Supply The power supply should be with the SMPS Type
capabilities as per the relevant standards.
The power supply unit of the meter should
not be affected in case the maximum
voltage of the system appears to the
terminals due to faults or due to wrong
connections.

8. Electronic The active & passive components Philips, Toshiba,

components should be of the surface mount type & are Fairchild, Murata, Rohm,
to be handled & soldered by the state of
art Siemens. National
assembly processes. Semiconductors,
ATMEL, Texas
Instruments, Hitachi.
Ligitec, OKI, EPCOS

9. Mechanical parts The internal electrical components

should be of electrolytic copper & should
be
protected from corrosion, rust etc.
The other mechanical components should
be protected from rust, corrosion etc. by
suitable plating / painting methods.
10. Battery Lithium / Lithium-ion /NiMh with Renata, Panasonic,
guaranteed life of 10 years Varta, Tadiran, Sanyo,
National, Tekcell,
 Duracell, Maxell,
Elegance, Mitshubishi,
11. RTC / Micro The accuracy of RTC shall be as per USA: Dallas, Atmel,
controller relevant IEC / IS standards Motorola, NEC,
Renesas, Texas
Instruments, ST, Micro
chips, Teridian
Holland / Korea: Philips,
Japan: NEC,
OKI,Hitachi, Mitsubishi,
Freescale,

IS 15959:2011

Table 27 Instantaneous Parameters for Class C Meters (Required in Class A Meter)

(Clause E-2, E-3.2 and E-3.3)

Sl No Parameter OBIS Code Interface Class No
A.B.C.D.E.F

1. Real Time Clock – Date and Time 0.0.1.0.0.255 8

2. Current - IR 1.0.31.7.0.255 3

3. Current – IY 1.0.51.7.0.255 3

4. Current – IB 1.0.71.7.0.255 3

5. Voltage – VRN 1.0.32.7.0.255 3

6. Voltage – VYN 1.0.52.7.0.255 3

7. Voltage – VBN 1.0.72.7.0.255 3

8. Voltage – VRY 1.0.32.7.0.255 3

9. Voltage – VBY 1.0.52.7.0.255 3

10. Signed Power Factor –R phase 1.0.33.7.0.255 3

11. Signed Power Factor - Y phase 1.0.53.7.0.255 3

12. Signed Power Factor - B phase 1.0.73.7.0.255 3

13. Three Phase Power Factor – PF 1.0.13.7.0.255 3

 14. Frequency 1.0.14.7.0.255 3

15. Apparent Power – KVA 1.0.9.7.0.255 3

16. Signed Active Power – kW (+ Forward; 1.0.1.7.0.255 3

- Reverse)
17. Signed Reactive Power – kvar (+ Lag; - 1.0.3.7.0.255 3
Lead)
18. Number of Power-Failures 0.0.96.7.0.255 1

19. Cumulative Power-Failure Duration 0.0.94.91.8.255 3

20. Cumulative Tamper Count 0.0.94.91.0.255 1

21. Cumulative Billing Count 0.0.0.1.0.255 1

22. Cumulative Programming Count 0.0.96.2.0.255 1

23. Billing Date 0.0.0.1.2.255 3

24. Cumulative Energy kWh 1.0.1.8.0.255 3/2

25. Cumulative Energy kvarh Lag 1.0.5.8.0.255 3/2

26. Cumulative Energy kvarh Lead 1.0.8.8.0.255 3/2

27. Cumulative Energy kVAh 1.0.9.8.0.255 3/2

NOTES : -
The items at Sl No 5), 6) and 7) are for 3Ф / 4W system of measurement with
NEUTRAL as reference point.
Signed Power factor – (+ indicates lag) and (- indicates lead).
The parameters at Sl No 18) to 22) hold cumulative values at that instant from the
date of manufacturing or installation of meter as the case may be.
The above list is identified for the purpose of communication to HOST or HHU.
The utilities may choose, based on needs, additional parameters for display purpose
ONLY. Item at Sl No 21) refers to the Billing Period Counter
Item at Sl No 23) - Data type to be same as for attribute 2 of IC 8, Clock.
 IS 15959:2011

Table 28 : Block Load Survey Parameters for Class C Meters (Required in Class A Meter)

(Clauses E-2, E-4.1 and 4.3)

Sl No Parameter OBIS Code Interface Class No /

A.B.C.D.E.F Attribute

1. Real Time Clock – Date and Time 0.0.1.0.0.255 8/2

2. Current - IR 1.0.31.27.0.255 3/2

3. Current – IY 1.0.51.27.0.255 3/2

4. Current – IB 1.0.71.27.0.255 3/2

5. Voltage – VRN 1.0.32.27.0.255 3/2

6. Voltage – VYN 1.0.52.27.0.255 3/2

7. Voltage – VBN 1.0.72.27.0.255 3/2

8. Block Energy – kWh 1.0.1.29.0.255 3/2

9. Block Energy – kvarh – lag 1.0.5.29.0.255 3/2

10. Block Energy – kvarh – lead 1.0.8.29.0.255 3/2

11. Block Energy – kVAh 1.0.9.29.0.255 3/2

NOTES : -
1 ) The parameters listed in this table are for load survey purpose and are logged
as per the block period time.
2 )The parameters at Sl No 2) to 9) are the average values during the block
period time and stored at the end of that time block.
3 )The parameters at Sl No 10) to 13) are the actual energy consumption during that
time block.
4 )Capture objects for 3 Ф / 4W are items at Sl No 1) to 7) and 10) to 13)
5 )Support for Selective access shall be as defined in Section 11.3
 IS 15959:2011

Table 29 : Billing Profile Parameters for Class C Meters (Required in Class A Meter)

( Clauses E 5.1 and E 5.3 )

S.No Parameter OBIS Code Interface Class No /
A.B.C.D.E.F Attribute

1. Billing Date 0.0.0.1.2.255 3/2

2. System Power Factor for Billing 1.0.13.0.0.255 3/2

Period
3. Cumulative Energy – kWh 1.0.1.8.0.255 3/2

4. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ1 1.0.1.8.1.255 3/2

5. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ2 1.0.1.8.2.255 3/2

6. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ3 1.0.1.8.3.255 3/2

7. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ4 1.0.1.8.4.255 3/2

8. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ5 1.0.1.8.5.255 3/2

9. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ6 1.0.1.8.6.255 3/2

10. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ7 1.0.1.8.7.255 3 /2

11. Cumulative Energy – kWh – TZ8 1.0.1.8.8.255 3 /2

12. Cumulative Energy – kvarh – Lag 1.0.5.8.0.255 3 /2

13. Cumulative Energy – kvarh – Lead 1.0.8.8.0.255 3 /2

14. Cumulative Energy – kVAh 1.0.9.8.0.255 3 /2

15. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ1 1.0.9.8.1.255 3 /2

16. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ2 1.0.9.8.2.255 3 /2

17. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ3 1.0.9.8.3.255 3 /2

18. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ4 1.0.9.8.4.255 3 /2

19. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ5 1.0.9.8.5.255 3 /2

20. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ6 1.0.9.8.6.255 3 /2

21. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ7 1.0.9.8.7.255 3 /2

22. Cumulative Energy – kVAh – TZ8 1.0.9.8.8.255 3 /2

23. MD – kW 1.0.1.6.0.255 4 / 2 ,5

24. MD – kW – TZ1 1.0.1.6.1.255 4 / 2 ,5

25. MD – kW – TZ2 1.0.1.6.2.255 4 / 2 ,5

26. MD – kW – TZ3 1.0.1.6.3.255 4 / 2 ,5

27. MD – kW – TZ4 1.0.1.6.4.255 4 / 2 ,5

28. MD – kW – TZ5 1.0.1.6.5.255 4 / 2 ,5

29. MD – kW – TZ6 1.0.1.6.6.255 4 / 2 ,5

30. MD – kW – TZ7 1.0.1.6.7.255 4 / 2 ,5

31. MD – kW – TZ8 1.0.1.6.8.255 4 / 2 ,5

32. MD – kVA 1.0.9.6.0.255 4 / 2 ,5

33
. MD – kVA – TZ1 1.0.9.6.1.255 4 / 2 ,5

34
. MD – kVA – TZ2 1.0.9.6.2.255 4 / 2 ,5

35
. MD – kVA – TZ3 1.0.9.6.3.255 4 / 2 ,5

36
. MD – kVA – TZ4 1.0.9.6.4.255 4 / 2 ,5

37 MD – kVA – TZ5 1.0.9.6.5.255 4 / 2 ,5

38 MD – kVA – TZ6 1.0.9.6.6.255 4 / 2 ,5

39 MD – kVA – TZ7 1.0.9.6.7.255 4 / 2 ,5

40 MD – kVA – TZ8 1.0.9.6.8.255 4 / 2 ,5

 NOTES : -
1 ) The data are stored up to 6 billing cycles. The Billing profile is modeled as
Profile generic (IC: = 7) object with OBIS Code 1.0.98.1.0.255. The capture
objects of this load profile are as per Table-29. The capture object values will be
copied into buffer of this object either automatically or asynchronously. The
capture period is set to zero, billing action is controlled by billing dates as provided
in 10 and table 31.

2 ) Support for Selective access shall be as defined in Section 11.3

3 ) The current cycle billing parameters shall be readable as the values of the
latest billing period, on demand. This shall be in addition to the last 6 billing period
data which shall be available in the Profile buffer as the last 6 entries in the
buffer.

4) The captured attributes in case of Interface Class 4 (Extended register) used

for MD values will be attributes 2 and 5 (Value and Timestamp)

Table 30: Name Plate Details Parameters

(Clause F-1)

Sl No Parameter OBIS Code Interface Class

A.B.C.D.E.F

1. Meter Serial Number 0.0.96.1.0.255 1 (Data)

2. Manufacturer name 0.0.96.1.1.255 1

3. Firmware Version for meter 1.0.0.2.0.255 1

4. Meter type (3P-3W / 3P-4W) 0.0.94.91.9.255 1

5. Internal CT ratio 1.0.0.4.2.255 1

6. Internal PT ratio 1.0.0.4.3.255 1

7. Meter year of manufacture 0.0.96.1.4.255 1

NOTE : - For item Sl No 4), a value of ―0‖ indicates 3P-3W; a value of ―1‖ indicates 3P-4W
Table 31 Programmable Parameters

(Clause F-2)

Sl No Parameter OBIS Code Interface Class

A.B.C.D.E.F

1. Real Time Clock – Date and Time 0.0.1.0.0.255 8 (Clock)

2. Demand Integration Period 1.0.0.8.0.255 1 (Data)

3. Profile Capture Period 1.0.0.8.4.255 1

4. Single-action Schedule for Billing Dates 0.0.15.0.0.255 22

5. Activity Calendar for Time Zones etc. 0.0.13.0.0.255 20

NOTES : -
1 . The parameters are programmable by the utility engineers with required access
rights.
2 . Unit for Demand Integration Period and profile capture period is in ―seconds‖.
3 . Programming of any of the parameters shall increment the ―Cumulative
programming count‖ value.

Table 32 Indian Event Reference Table – Voltage Related

(Clause G-1 & G-1.1)

Sl No Event ID Descriptions

i) 1 R-Phase – PT link Missing (Missing Potential) – Occurrence

ii) 2 R-Phase – PT link Missing (Missing Potential) – Restoration

iii) 3 Y-Phase – PT link Missing (Missing Potential) – Occurrence

iv) 4 Y-Phase – PT link Missing (Missing Potential) – Restoration

v) 5 B-Phase – PT link Missing (Missing Potential) – Occurrence

vi) 6 B-Phase – PT link Missing (Missing Potential) – Restoration

vii) 7 Over Voltage in any Phase - Occurrence

viii) 8 Over Voltage in any Phase - Restoration

ix) 9 Low Voltage in any Phase - Occurrence

x) 10 Low Voltage in any Phase - Restoration

xi) 11 Voltage Unbalance - Occurrence

xii) 12 Voltage Unbalance - Restoration

Table 33 Indian Event Reference Table – Current Related

(Clause G-1 & G-1.1)

Sl No Event Descriptions
ID

i) 51 Phase – R CT reverse – Occurrence

ii) 52 Phase – R CT reverse – Restoration

iii) 53 Phase – Y CT reverse – Occurrence

iv) 54 Phase – Y CT reverse – Restoration

v) 55 Phase – B CT reverse – Occurrence

vi) 56 Phase – B CT reverse – Restoration

vii) 57 Phase – R CT Open - Occurrence

viii) 58 Phase – R CT Open - Restoration

ix) 59Phase – Y CT Open - Occurrence

x) 60 Phase – Y CT Open - Restoration
xi) 61 Phase – B CT Open - Occurrence

xii) 62 Phase – B CT Open - Restoration

xiii) 63 Current Unbalance - Occurrence

xiv) 64 Current Unbalance - Restoration

xv) 65 CT Bypass – Occurrence

xvi) 66 CT Bypass – Restoration

xvii) 67 Over Current in any Phase – Occurrence

xviii) 68 Over Current in any Phase – Restoration

Table 34 Indian Event Reference Table – Power Related

(Clause G-1 & G-1.1)

Sl No Event Descriptions
ID

(1) (2) (3)

i) 101Power failure (3 phase) – Occurrence

ii) 102Power failure (3 phase) – Restoration

Table 35 Indian Event Reference Table – Transaction Related

(Clause G-1 & G-1.1)

Sl No Event Descriptions
ID

(1) (2) (3)

i) 151Real Time Clock – Date and Time

ii) 152Demand Integration Period

iii) 153Profile Capture Period
 iv) 154Single-action Schedule for Billing Dates

v) 155Activity Calendar for Time Zones etc.

Table 36 Indian Event Reference Table – Others

(Clause G-1 & G-1.1)

Sl No Event Descriptions
ID

i) 201 Influence of Permanent Magnet or AC/ DC Electromagnet - Occurrence

ii) 202 Influence of Permanent Magnet or AC/ DC Electromagnet - Restoration

Neutral
iii) 203 Disturbance - HF & DC - Occurrence

Neutral
iv) 204 Disturbance - HF & DC - Restoration

v) 205 Very Low PF - Occurrence

vi) 206 Very Low PF - Restoration

Table 37 Indian Event Reference Table – Non Roll Over Events

(Clause G-1 & G-1.1)

Sl.No. Event ID Descriptions

i) 251Meter Cover Opening – Occurrence

Table 38 Indian Event Reference Table – Control Events

(Clause G-1.1)

Sl No Event ID Descriptions

i) 301 Meter disconnected

ii) 302 Meter connected

Table 39 Capture Parameters for Events

(Clauses B-6.4, B 6.5 and G-1)

Sl No Parameter A B C D E F IC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

i) Date and Time of event 0 0 1 0 0 255 8 (Clock)

ii) Event Code 0 0 96 11 0 255 1 (Data)

iii) Current - IR 1 0 31 7 0 255 3 (Register)

iv) Current - IY 1 0 51 7 0 255 3 (Register)

v) Current – IB 1 0 71 7 0 255 3 (Register)

vi) Voltage - VRN (3 Ф / 1 0 32 7 0 255 3 (Register)

4W)

vii) Voltage – VYN (3 Ф / 1 0 52 7 0 255 3 (Register)

4W)

viii) Voltage – VBN (3 Ф / 1 0 72 7 0 255 3 (Register)

4W)

ix) Power Factor – R phase 1 0 33 7 0 255 3 (Register)

x) Power Factor – Y phase 1 0 53 7 0 255 3 (Register)

xi) Power Factor – B phase 1 0 73 7 0 255 3 (Register)

xii) Cumulative Energy – kWh 1 0 1 8 0 255 3 (Register)

Tamper Logic:
Feeder Meter CAT A

OCC REST.
TAMPERS Occ Condition REST. CONDITIONS TIME(MIN) TIME(MIN)
1 Missing Vx< 5% Vref Vx> 40% Vref
potential Any other phase voltage > 75% of Any other phase 5
Vref voltage > 75% of Vref
I3x> 10 % of Ib I3x> 10 % of Ib
 Missing potential tamper detection
will be phase wise
2 Voltage
Unbalance V3x> 75% Vref V3x> 75% Vref
5
Vmax-Vmin> 30% Vref Vmax-Vmin<30% Vref
I3x> 10 % of Ib I3x> 10 % of Ib
3 Low Voltage Vx< 60% Vref V3x> 70% Vref
5
Current Ignored Current Ignored
4 High Voltage Vx>120% Vref V3x< 120% Vref
5
Current Ignored Current Ignored
Voltage Unbalance should not occur
with high voltage event.
5 Power Failure
If power goes off for more than the
persistance time or all phase voltage 5 Immediate
goes less than 30% of Vref
6 Current Open Residual Current >20% Ib
Residual Current<20%
Ib
Ix< 2% Ib Ix Ignored
5
Average line Current :Ignored Average Current >
10% of Ib
V3x>60% Vref V3x> 60% Vref
7 Current Bypass Residual Current >20% Ib Residual Current <20%
Ib

Ix>2% Ib Ix Ignored

5
Average line Current :Ignored Average Current >
10% Ib

V3x>60% Vref V3x>60% Vref

8 Current Residual Current < 20% Ib Residual Current <
Unbalance 20% Ib

Imax- Imin > 30% 0f Imax for that Imax- Imin <27% 0f
period Imax for that period

Average Line Current> 10% Ib Average Line Current> 5

10% Ib

In> 5% of Ib In Ignore

V3x>60 % Vref V3x>60 % Vref

 Current Unbalance tamper should occur only on activation of Neutral CT

9 Current Ix> 10 % Ib Ix> 10 % Ib

Reversal Direction : Negative Direction: positive

Net Power Factor> 0.5 Net Power Factor> 0.5

5
Current Reversal detection will be phase
wise
10 Over Current Ix> 100 % Imax I3x< 100 % Imax 5

No Current Unbalance tamper furthur log with Over Current

11 V3x> 60% Vref V3x> 60% Vref
Ix> 10% Ib Ix> 10% Ib 5
Low PF P.F.< 0.5 P.F.> 0.5

12 Cover Open On removal of meter cover the meter will log cover open Immediate. No
Restoration
event along with date and time.
When Voltage or current sequence
13 Invalid Phase is When voltage or No tamper will be logged
Association different. For example: Voltage current sequence is except low pf if satisfied
sequence RYB and Current
sequence same after 5 Mins
is YBR
In case of Low and High Voltage Tamper, no current related tamper will be logged except CT
Reverse Tamper

V3x= Voltage in All Phases

Vx= Voltage In Any Phase
I3X= Current in All Phases
IX= Current in any phase
(C) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 110V, 30A AUTO AND MANUAL FLOAT-CUM-
BOOST BATTERY CHARGER, 110 V, 125 AH BATTERY & DCDB

SCOPE :
This specification covers Design, Engineering, Manufacture, Assembly,
Painting, Inspection, Testing at manufacturer’s works, Delivery to site inclusive
of packing & transportation, Testing and Commissioning assistance of Battery,
Battery Charger & DCDB complete with all accessories.
1 set of 110V D.C. system (Battery, Battery Charger & DCDB) in accordance with
this specification, standards stated herein and Appendices enclosed herewith, shall
comprise of the following:
a) SMF (VRLA) Battery complete with racks & accessories.
b) One No. Float charger.
c) One No. Float cum Boost charger.
d) DCDB

• TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR BATTERY CHARGER

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

The system requires a reliable and uninterrupted D.C. supply for supplying
D.C. Power to emergency lights, closing and tripping coils of circuit breakers,
relays etc.

2. APPLICATION STANDARD
Unless other wise specified, the equipment shall conform to latest applicable Indian
standard of equivalent IS particular to the following standard
IS:3895/1966 Specification for the rectifier equipment
IS:9224 Specification for HRC fuses.
IS:1248 Indicating instrument.
IS:375/1963 Specification for wiring
IS:4540/1968 Mono crystalline semiconductor rectifier assemblies

IS:2026 Transformers
IS:13947/1993 Air Break Switch/Contactor
IS:5/1978 Colour for ready mix paint
IS:5421/1981 Printed circuit board
IS:8828/1993 Miniature circuit breaker
IS:2147 Degree of protection for cubicle
IS:6619 Safety code for semiconductor rectifier equipment

IS 2959 AC contactors for voltage not exceeding 1000 volt.

IS 6005 Code of practice for phosphating of Iron & Steel

IS 5921 Printed Circuit Board

3. REQUIRED ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS :

3.1 AC input:
240 volts +20 % & -25%,50 HZ +/- 5%, single phase supply Input Power factor
0.8 minimum at rated load.

3.2 Charger system operation :

3.2.1. The Battery Charging Equipment shall be float-cum-Boost type with facility to
supply the DC continuous load of 12 Amp. During normal operation, the Battery is
floated across the Battery charger at 118-126V (2.16 V / 2.3 V per cell) and should be
compatible for battery as per specification and also supplies the Battery current 18
Amps. Into batteries for higher voltage upto 130-152V (2.35 V / 2.75 V per cell). The
charger shall provide extra voltage for Boost charging.

3.2.2 During boost charging, voltage across the battery terminal will go higher at the
order of about 130-152 volts for which suitable automatic solid state transistorized
dropping device shall be provided (maintain 110 V +/- 2 Volts across the terminal.

3.2.3 Battery Charging Equipment shall be fully automatic for Float and Boost charging
facility with suitable indication on front of the panel by means of LED indication. For
this, automatic solid state changeover relay shall be provided. During AC mains fail,
Battery supplies the load and gets discharged. The extent of discharge depends on the
duration of power failure and the current drawn by load. When the mains are restored
after power failure, Battery shall put on automatically on boost mode. During this time,
load voltage shall be maintained by load regulator 110 V +/- 2 volts. It should
automatically switchover to trickle mode & when Battery voltage falls below 110 volts,
the charger should automatically switchover to Boost mode. Soft start feature shall be
provided in the system.

3.2.4 The battery charger shall have one top and one bottom for Manual & Auto
Bridge circuit. The bottom module (Auto mode) shall be so connected to the
top/other modules that if necessary, it can be taken out for repair by simply
disconnecting few links. Each arm of the bridge shall be provided with filter circuit as
well as fuse protection in order to rectify the fault if any, at the earliest opportunity.

3.2.5 Automatic changeover of DC load requirement of substation to Battery in the

event of Mains power failure should be without any break. i.e should be made without
incorporating any relay in the output DC supply.

3.2.6 Automatic changeover of output to charger supply with restoration of incoming

power supply and after meeting short time current requirement from battery.

3.2.7 Rating : 110 V Dc output, 30 amp auto/ manual dual automatic float cum boost
Battery charger.
a. Type : Thyristor controlled.
b. At Load terminal : During float charging or Boost charging, the load voltage
shall be maintained 110 V + 2 volt. For AC input voltage variation of
+20 & -25 % and load variation of 0 to 100 %. Also system shall
provide 12 Amps continuous current and also momentary current of
40 Amps for one second.
 c. At Battery terminal : Trickle charge voltage 118-126 volts (2.16 / 2.25 V
per cell) at 400 mA maximum. Boost charge voltage 130-152 volts
(2.23 V / 2.75 V per cell) at 18 Amps.
d. Ripple : The ripple content in the DC output of DC output of Battery
Chrger shall be limited to 2% RMS.
e. Regulation – +/- 2%
f. Efficiency : More than 70%
g. Method of cooling : Natural air with proper ventilating arrangement.

4.0 DESCRIPTION :

4.1 The charging equipment shall be housed in a free standing, floor mounted
compartmentalized panels having separate compartments for float and float cum boost
charging equipment, battery connection to DC bus, DC distribution equipment,
including incoming feeders and outgoing feeders in different compartments. Panels
shall have provision for bottom entry of cables with removable cable gland plate. (i.e.
separate compartmentalised panels for each float charger, float cum boost charger and
DC distribution).
4.2 The panel shall be of CRCA sheet steel construction and provided with concealed
hinges. Adequate ventilating grills or louvers with fine brass wire mesh shall be provided.
Thickness of sheet steel shall be at least 2.0 mm. Degree of protection provided
by the enclosure to the internals of charger shall be IP-42 as specified in IS : 13947..
4.3 The instruments, switches and indicating lamps shall be flush mounted on the front panel.
4.4 Suitable neoprene rubber gaskets shall be provided all around doors and cover plates,
between two shipping sections, two charger sections, two panel sections, for making
charger construction dust and vermin proof.
4.5 All PCBs used in the charger shall be made of glass epoxy material. Electronic cards
shall be plug in type and shall be mounted on standard racks. Rack shall have PCB guides
which shall allow the insertion of PCBs smoothly without requiring force. Racks shall be
mounted on hinged pivot to enable the rack to be turned for access to back side
terminals. PCBs shall include status indicating LED lights and test connections in the
front to facilitate fault diagnosis. PCBs shall be identified with proper permanent labels
as per approved drawings.
4.6 Dimensions of the Charger : 700 mm (W) X 600 mm (D) X 1300 mm (H)
4.7 Paint shade : Both exterior and Interior – RAL 7032

5.0 COMPONENTS:

5.1 The Battery charger shall comprise of following components but not limited to the same:
a) Double pole AC circuit breaker for AC incoming of the battery charger (MCB) with
auxiliary potential free contact for indication to SCADA MCB ratings shall be for 3 KA
rupturing capacity at 110 V DC..
b) Single phase, full wave half controlled SCR bridge of 40 A rating (Silicon controlled
Rectifier) together with suitable heat sinks and RC suppression network to take care of
momentary high load of 40 Amp. The bidder shall supply the characteristics of the
rectifier used in the construction of the charger indicating the capacity of the
rectifier to suit the temperature conditions. All the electronic components shall be of
high MTBF or heavy duty type and liberally rated.
 c. Automatic solid stage voltage / current controller for automatic control of voltage and
current during float / boost charging the batteries complete with manual control
facility.
d. Auto /manual mode selector switch (25 A rating) with Indication lamp/LED for
respective position.
e. Float/Boost indicator lamps/LED.
f. Potentiometers to adjust DC output voltage and current in respective modes.
g. Battery charging current and voltage requirements are to be regulated by using voltage
current feedback loops.
h. Smoothing (filter) circuit comprising of smoothing choke and filter condenser to reduce
ripple content in the DC output of the Battery charger to 2% RMS.
i. DC moving coil Voltmeter of 0-16+0 V rating and 72 sqmm with selection switch and HRC
fuse to measure voltage of charger / Battery and Load.
j. Solid state automatic load voltage regulator to maintain the load voltage of 110 V+/- 2 V
(rating of the regulator shall be 12 A continuous and 40 A for one second) during Float
charging or Boost charging of the Batteries.
k. Double pole DC circuit breaker for Battery protection (MCB) with auxiliary potential
free contact for indication to SCADA.
l. DC contactor to by-pass automatic load voltage regulator in the event of AC mains fails
to allow the full battery across the load. There should not be any discontinuity of DC
supply to the busbar during any transition period and battery power should be available
for tripping circuit, if necessary, even during boost charging.
m. AC analog voltmeter 96x96 sqmm of rating 0 to 300 V.
n. Fuse fail indication lamp / LED for load and Battery fuses.
o. The indicating instruments shall be class 0.5 accuracy.
p. The following provisions conforming to relevant IS shall be made on the front panel:-
(i) Voltmeter to indicate battery/charger DC voltage.
(ii) Voltmeter for Input AC supply voltage.
(iii) Ammeter to indicate Charge/Discharge current of batter.
(iv) Ammeter to indicate load DC current.

5.2 The Charger shall be provided with following LED of reputed make Indication:

(i) Supply of power--Green

(ii) Charger on --Green
(iii) Battery reverse polarity
(iv) Input power supply fail–Red
(v) Output over/under voltage
(vi) Earth fault

5.3 Audio/Visual alarm to indicate:-

(i) AC input Power failure.
(ii) Charger Output failure.
(iii) Battery disconnection/failure.
(iv) DC under/Overvoltage.
(v) Condenser Fuse failure.
(vi) In case of failure of charger on fault, it should give buzzer as well as LED
indication. However, the buzzer alarm should be provided for battery fuse fail,
load fuse fail and charger trip due to overload indication with an accept and
 reset switch. The charger shall have provision for an alarm relay contact for
remote Indication. Suitable terminals with identification label shall have to be
provided.
5.4 Controlling arrangement for following functions shall be provided:-
a) Auto/Manual Selector Switch
b) Manual operation controlling device
c) Accept/Reset pushbutton
d) Voltmeter selector switch

5.5 Wiring: Charger cubicle shall be supplied completely wired upto terminal block for
purchasers external connection using solder less crimping type copper lugs. All wiring
shall be carried out with 1.1 KV grades PVC insulated multi-strand copper conductor of
2.5 Sqmm and shall be flame/vermin proof. All wiring shall be neatly bunched without
affecting access to equipment/ components mounted within the cabinet. The Charger
DC output circuit for Battery and load connection separately shall be wired with 6.00
sq.mm PVC insulated cable.
Suitable two earthing terminal and outgoing terminal shall be supplied to connect
the external supply cables.
Suitable two earthing terminal and outgoing terminal shall be supplied to connect
the external supply cables.

Control/Indication/Annunciation circuit shall be wired with suitable size of PVC

insulated cable as per scheme requirement. Colour coded wires should be used to
facilitate easy tracing, asunder:-
. i. Single Phase A.C. Circuit:-
(a) Yellow for Phase
(b) Green for Earthing
(c) Blue for Neutral
ii. D.C. Circuit:-
(a) Red for Positive
(b) Black for Negative

iii. Control Wiring:-

(a) Gray for annunciation and other control circuits.
(b)Ferrules: Embossed/Engraved core identification ferrules, marked to
correspond with the wiring diagram shall be fitted at both ends of
each wire.
(c) Termination:
• The input, battery and load terminals shall be located in easy
accessible positions. The terminals shall be properly labeled
for easy identification of Input (Phase & Neutral), Battery
(positive & negative), Load (Positive & negative) and
Emergency Lamp (Positive & negative).
• The terminals shall be rated at 25 Amps or more depending on
scheme requirement.
• The Input terminals shall be connected to a 3 core PVC
insulated multi-stranded copper conductor cable(minimum 2mtr.
length)with a 16 Amp 3 pin plug socket at the other end. The
earth conductor of the cable shall be provided on the charger
body.
 • The charger shall incorporate terminals and fuse of 4 Amp
rating for connecting wires from outside to bring emergency
light into battery circuit in the event of mains failure.
• All control cables should run through the bottom side of the
Charger cubicle with proper gland arrangement.

6. SPECIAL FEATURE :

6.1 All printed circuits boards used in the battery charger shall be solder marked, glass, epoxy,
FR 4 grade copper clad material having edge type gold plugging connectors conforming to
latest IS / IEC specifications. All assembled PCB conforming coating on component side &
epoxy varnish on the other side with suitable protective coating for protection against
humidity and corrosion.
6.2 Transformer shall be with class B insulation having a continuous rating atleast 125% of the
rating of the charger. Reactance of the transformer shall be suitable to take care of
regulation and surges. The power transformer rectifier unit of the battery charger shall be
designed for adequate VA rating but in any case it should not be less than 700 VA and
should be rated for 300 V at factor safety of 3. The heat dissipation and power control
system should be designed with a factor of safety of 8. Rating of silicon diode should not
be less than 40 A.
Please note that necessary documentary evidence, showing transformer rating of 700 VA
along with test certificate from manufacturer. It bought out , shall be enclosed, fo
approval of the purchaser.

6.3 Following make of components shall be used in the Battery charging equipment or equivalent
approved by WBSEDCL.
i) Switches Kaycee / Recom
0
ii) Meters AEL/IMP/USHA
0
iii) Contacts/Relay L&T/Siemens/ABB/C&S
0
iv) MCB MOS/ABB/Siemens/L&T
0
v) HRC fuses S&S/Bussman/Siemens/L&T
0
vi) SCR USHA/HIRECT/IR
iI
vii) Diode USHA/KELTRON/IR
0i
viii) Lamps/LED Essen/vaishna/Siemens/L&T/Emco
)
ix) Filter condenser Rescon/Elcon/Kendil
x) Potentiometer Pankaj
xi) VoltmeterA.C. IMP/AE/Rishav/Meco

6.4 The charger cubicle will be indoor type with all associated and auxiliary equipments mounted
therein.

6.5 All fuses shall be HRC cartridge types conforming to IS : 2208 mounted on plug type fuse
bases.
6.6 Electrical indicating instruments shall be flush mounted on panel with only flanges
projecting. Dial shall be white with black number and lettering.
6.7 Control & instrument switches shall be of rotary type.
6.8 Indicating lamps shall be LED type with low watt consumption. The LEDs shall be provided
with series resisters.
6.9 Strip type space heaters of adequate capacity shall be provided inside cabinet to prevent
moisture condensation.
6.10 All door mounted equipmentsas well as equipment mounted inside the cabinet shall be
provided with individual labels with equipment designation engraved on aluminium / plastic
plate (stickers are not acceptable).
6.11 POLARITY MARKING:-
The polarity marking of the terminals shall be marked for identification. The positive
terminal maybe identified by “P” or (+) sign and Red colour mark and the negative
terminal maybe identified by “N” or (-) and Blue colour. Terminal marking shall be
permanent and non-deteriorating.
6.12 Terminals – Battery charger cabinet shall be provided with two separate suitable earthing
terminals. Separate terminals shall be provided for connecting load &
battery leads to the charger. All terminals shall be M12 size. Suitable
copper lugs shall be provided by the bidder for use of the purchaser for
connecting the load wiring. It would be the bidder’s responsibility to prove
the adequacy of the design by submitting all technical particulars and
relevant graphs to show suitability of charger for supplying load on
continuous basis.
6.13 The supplier of battery charger shall be fully coordinate with the supplier of battery in
the event of the purchaser deciding not to place order for both equipments on the same
supplier.

6.14 Method of cooling of the charger equipment shall be specified by the bidder.

6.15 Two earthing studs of MS 50 mm long & 12 mm dia shall be provided for external earth
connections. These should be complete with plain washer, spring washer, nuts etc.
Earthing Bolts must be welded to prevent removal of the same from the box.

6.16 SCADA Compatibility

The Battery Charger shall be fully SCADA compatible. It shall have sufficient
Nos. of potential free contacts & transducers (4-20mA output) for digital and
analogue signals respectively. It shall also be possible to control various functionality
of Battery Charger from SCADA system through hard wire connection.
Typical I/O requirement is tabulated here under.
PARAMETERS DIGITAL CONTROL ANALOGUE
INPUTS OUTPUTS INPUTS
(4-20mA)

AC mains fail √
Load Bus Over Voltage √
Load Bus Under Voltage √
Float Charger fail √
Earth Leakage √
Float Charger On √ √
Float Charger Off √ √
Float Charger on Auto mode √
Float Charger on Manual √
mode
Boost Charger On √ √
Boost Charger Off √ √
Boost Charger On CV mode √ √
Boost Charger On CC mode √ √
 Charger on local mode √
Charger on Remote mode √
Battery Voltage √
Boost Voltage √
Float Voltage √
Load Voltage √
Battery Current √
Boost Current √
Float Current √
Load Current √
Battery Room Temperature √

6.17 PROTECTION AND ANNUNCIATION:

Following protection with alarm indicating lamps and alarm accept push button and lamp
test push button shall be included in the scope of supply.
i) Load under voltage relay
ii) DC Earth leakage relay.
iii) Float charger failure
iv) AC mains failure
v) DC over voltage relay for battery protection. vi) Boost charger failure.
vii) HV phase fail/phase sequence reversal protection.
viii) Semiconductor Fuse fail - Float
ix) Semiconductor Fuse fail - Boost
7.0 TESTS

7.1 Type Tests:-The bidder shall have to submit along with their Tender documents, as
pre requisites, the complete Test reports of all tests including Type tests as
stipulated in the relevant IS / IEC, carried out within 5 years from the date of
tender, from CPRI / NABL accrediated / Govt. recognized Test house or Laboratory
on the offered item, failing which their offer may not be technically accepted.
7.1.1 If the bidder fails to produce the said documents on the offered
item during submission of tender, he/she will have to submit the
said type test report after placement of order but before
inspection of 1st lot of material at his own cost.
7.1.2 The following tests shall constitute the type tests as per IS: 3136-
1965, IS:4540-1968(latest amended) and IS 2026 (for short
circuit test) :
a) DC voltage current test.
b) Automatic voltage regulator operation.
c) Efficiency test.
d) Ripple Voltage test.
e) High Voltage test.
f) Temperature rise test.
g) Degree of Protection test.
i) Short circuit test at No Load and full Load at rated voltage for
sustained short circuit.
 7.2 List of Routine Tests as follows:-
Physical checking of charger as per approved
drawing.
• Insulation resistance test.
• High voltage test.
• Line regulation test at No Load and full load in test at load in
Float/ boost mode.
• Full load ripple content measurement test at load terminals in
float and boost mode
• Voltage regulation test at load terminal and Battery terminals in
float and boost mode.
• DC short circuit test without blowing HRC fuses and
without tripping MCBs at load terminal and also at Battery
charger output terminals with observation of total current
limit.
• Efficiency measurement test.
• Checking of automatic operation Float to Boost, Boost to
float mode as per Battery condition.
• Checking of Battery voltage, load voltage and Load current
Boost Mode at different charging current.
• Temperature rise test of complete charger at full load
• Checking of battery & Load Terminal voltage in manual Mode
operation at different position of Manual Mode Selector
Switch.
• Checking of automatic connection of Battery to load in case of
“Mains Failure‟ or Charger Trip‟ conditions. Checking of Float
voltage setting range and Boost current setting Range in Automatic
Mode. Any other routine test shall be carried as per IS: 4540 on
the complete battery Charging equipment.

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 110V, 30A (12A+18A) BATTERY CHARGER

SUITABLE FOR 110 V 125 AH LEAD ACID BATTERY

Sl. No. Description Particulars

1 Name of manufacturer

2 Type of charger
3 Indicate specification to which the offered charger
conforms
4 Rated Input supply voltage
5 Rated Input current
Input Power Factor
6 Output voltage with range of variation
7 Output current range
8 Output current
a) Max. Battery charging current
b) Max. continuous DC external load current
c) Max. continuous output current

9 Output voltage Regulation

a) No load
b) Full load
10 Ripple factor
11 Efficiency
12 Method of Cooling
13 Painting details
14. Whether separate terminals of M-12 size for connecting
load and charger leads to the battery terminals has been
provided.
15 Provision of LEDs for indication purpose
16 Provision of Audio/Visual alarm
17 Provision of labels for individual components
18 Provision of ferrules
19 Provision of separate terminals for connecting
battery and load
20 Provision of two separate Earthing terminals
21 Weight of the complete charger
22 Overall dimensions of battery charger
23 Thickness of the sheet enclosure
24 Make and rating of Miniature Circuit
Breaker for AC Input supply
25 Make & rating of main transformer
26 Make and type of rectifier SCR
27 Rating of rectifier SCR in Amps
28 PIV value of rectifier diode
29 Output in Amps of complete rectifier stack
30 Make, Type & range of Voltmeter
31 Expected service life of Charger
32 Commitment for availability of spares during service
life

33 Applicable Standards
34 List of accessories to be provided with the
Charger
35 Recommended particulars of matching Battery

36 Technical particulars of different components

including make, type and rating
37 Description of operating principle of Auto/Manual float
cum boost charger with functions of different
components supported by drawing and block diagram
• TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 110V, 125AH LEAD ACID BATTERIES

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

The system requires a reliable and uninterrupted D.C. supply for supplying D.C. Power
to emergency lights, closing and tripping coils of circuit breakers, relays etc.
The chargeable batteries shall be Lead acid maintenance free (SMF-VRLA) type.
The end cell voltage after discharge shall be limited to 2.0 volts/cell. Batteries shall not
require any water topping up and shall emit no corrosive fumes or gases under normal
operating conditions.
The batteries shall be supplied along with the necessary mounting racks or sheet steel
enclosure complete with the provision for clamping the cables. Battery racks shall be of steel
frame with epoxy painted/ PVC lined.

2. REQUIRED PARAMETERS :

2.1 The terminals of the battery shall be suitable for receiving cable lugs.
2.2 The device shall be installed in indoor location to provide auxiliary DC Power Supply
for following applications:
a) Emergency lighting
b) Circuit breaker/switchgear/protective relay operations
c) Equipment supervision indication
d) Audio visual annunciation
Under normal conditions, auxiliary DC Power Supply for continuous load will be met from
Battery Charger and storage batteries should be kept under float or boost charging
condition. But in case of Circuit Breaker/Switchgear/Protective Relay operation and/or
in the event of failure of incoming power supply to Battery Charger, required
auxiliary DC Power supply shall be met from Storage Batteries.
2.3 The standard ratings of batteries shall be 110 Volts DC, 125 AH mentioned.
2.4 The nominal voltage of a single cell shall not be less than 2 volts at the beginning of
Charging. The FLOAT charging voltage per cell shall be within 2.15 volts to 2.3 volts.
The BOOST charging voltage per cell shall be 2.35 Vvolts to 2.75 volts. At the end
of the charging, cell shall be floated easily around 2.25 volts without causing adverse
corrosion or loss of water.
2.5 Range of charging current and final cell voltage
• Range of Float charging : 100 mA to 300 mA
• Range of boost charging : i) Starting current – 18 Amp, ii) Finished current – 9 Amp
• After discharging, final voltage shall not be less than 1.85 volts.

3. DESCRIPTION :

3.1 The Electrolyte shall be of battery grade sulphuric acid.

3.2 Main Components of each cell
3.2.1 Positive & Negative Plates -
The positive plates of cell shall be constructed by heavy duty lead alloy
grids type, the plates shall be corrosion resistant & shall have low self
discharge properties
3.2.2 Plate Connections -
The plug of the plates of like polarity shall be connected to terminal post
for external connections. Suitable plastic buffer, moulded bottom plate
support shall be used for holding plates in proper position.
3.2.3 Separator -
 The separators shall be constructed from highly micro-porous and rigid
material of appropriate shape. Separators shall be inert chemically and shall
prevent internal short circuit and shall ensure minimum internal resistance.
3.2.4 Terminal Posts -
The positive and negative terminal posts shall be clearly and indelibly marked
for easy identification. The terminal posts shall be sealed properly with the lid
by rubber grommets or other suitable device. The terminal posts shall have
provision for inter- cell/outgoing cable connections.
3.2.5 Container -
Each cell shall be assembled in high grade, flame retardant polymer or
moulded hard rubber container. The container shall be leak proof, non-
absorbent, shock absorbing not liable to deformation within the range of
working temperature and not affected by the acid. Electrolyte high-level and
low-level lines shall be marked on at least two of the four sides of a
cell and visible from the front of the completed assembly. A permanent
airtight seal shall be provided between the cover & container to stop
electrolyte &air leakage. The container shall be designed to withstand the
pressure caused by charging & discharging characteristics of the battery.

3.2.6 Cell Lid -

Cell lid for covering cell container shall be made from high quality non-
corrosive plastic, glass or ebonite complete with either suitable rubber
gasket for closed type or bituminous sealing compound for sealed type of
containers.
3.2.7 Vent Plug -
A vent plug of suitable design shall be provided on each cell lid. The vent
plug shall have a micro-porous plastic alloy/ceramic filter which will prevent
escape of acid fume/spreading of acid fume but will allow free exit of
oxygen and hydrogen generated in the process of charging.

3.3 Other components of Battery

3.3.1 Cell pillars and connectors :

Cell Pillars and connectors shall be made from highly conductive material of
lead allow having generous cross section ideally suited for high current duties.
Bolts, nuts, washers etc. for connecting the cells and connectors shall be
coated with anti-corrosive highly conductive material.
3.3.2 Battery Stand
The stand for supporting battery cells shall be provided. The stand for
battery cell shall be of Mild Steel finished with at least three coats of anti-
sulphuric paints of approved shade. The racks shall be free standing type.
Suitable porcelain/plastic insulators shall be provided between the stand and
the battery room floor. Number plate to designate each cell of battery
shall be provided and shall be attached on the rack. Provision shall be
made for clamping outgoing cable on the rack. The cell shall be supported on
the rack in suitable row and tier formation with adequate clearance between
adjacent cells.
3.3.3 Polarity Marking
The polarity marking of the terminals shall be marked for identification. The
positive terminal may be identified by “P” or (+) sign and red colour mark and
the negative terminal may be identified by “N” or (-) and blue colour. Terminal
marking shall be permanent and non-deteriorating.
 4. TEST :

All tests shall be carried as per the relevant standard. Test shall comprise of
Routine tests and Acceptance Tests.
4.1 Routine Test :
These are to be performed at manufacture‟s works and shall include
the following test:-
• Verification of constructional requirement.
• Verification of marking.
• Verification of dimensions.
• Test for capacity.
• Test for voltage during discharge.
• Ampere hour and watt – hour efficiency test.
• Test for loss of capacity on storage.
• Endurance test.

4.2 Acceptance Test:

These tests shall be performed in presence of purchaser
representative from the sample selected from the lot offered for
supply.
• Verification of constructional requirement.
• Verification of marking.
• Verification of dimensions.
• Test for capacity.
• Test for voltage during discharge.
• Ampere hour and watt – hour efficiency test.

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 110V,125 AH LEAD ACID CELL BATTERY

Sl Particulars Details
No.

1. Name and Address of the

Manufacturer
2. Application standards

3. Type & Designation as per standards

4. Manufacturer’s type and

designation
5. Capacity and voltage at 27◦C AH WH FINAL
a)At 10 hrs. rate of discharge VOLTAGE
b)At 5 hrs. rate of discharge
c)At 3 hrs. rate of discharge
d)At 1 hrs. rate of discharge
e)At 1 minute rate of discharge
6. Cell details

a) No. of cells per battery

b)No. of positive plates per cell c)Total no.
of plates per cell:
d)Type of positive plate:
e)Type of negative plate:
f)Surface area of plate in sq.mm:
g)Construction details and dimensions of
i) Positive plate
ii)Negative plate

h)Rated current of each positive plate:

i)Construction details of separators including
thickness, type and material
j)Container details:
i)Material of container
ii)Overall dimensions of container
in mm
: Length
: Width
: Height
k) Overall dimension of cell in mm
(including Cell height)
l) Weight of each of cell in kg.
a) Without Acid
b)With acid
m) Clearance in mm between:
i) Top of plates and top of container
ii)Bottom of plates &
bottom of container
iii) Edges of plates & inner surfaces
of container
n)Cell Lid details:
i)Material
ii)Type
iii)Feature

7. Electrolyte details:
i)Applicable standard of electrolyte
 ii)Quantity of Electrolyte &
Specific gravity at27◦C for first filling in
each cell
iii)Quantity of Electrolyte required
for15nos.Plante type lead acid cellplus10%
extra
iv)Specific gravity of electrolyte at
27◦C with all cells fully charged
v)Specific gravity of electrolyte at the end of
10 hour of discharge
rate

8. Cell Pillars & Connectors:

i)Material ii)Type
iii)Dimension details in mm
iv)Details of inter row inter tier connectors
including bolts, nuts and washers.

9. Battery Stand:
1) No. of racks per battery
2) No. of cells per rack
3)Formation of row and tier details
4)Material of stand
5) Particulars of anti-sulphuric paint to be
provided
6) Type and no. of stand insulator to be
provided

10. Nominal cell voltage in volts:

11. Recommended rate of first Start Finish

Charging battery cells
1)Current in amps
2)Voltage in volts

3) Total minimum input during

Initial charging in AH
12. Recommended float charge rate

13. Recommended float charge voltage Across the

battery terminals

14. Recommended boost charge

voltage across the battery terminals
15. Guaranteed AH efficiency at10hr.rate of
discharge

16. Guaranteed WH efficiency at 10hr.rate of

discharge

17. Internal Resistance of charged cell in milli ohm

18. Resistance of the charged battery
Including interconnector between the cell in
ohms
19. Short Circuit Current for dead
short circuit across the battery terminals when
1)Battery in floating mode
2)Battery in boost charge mode

20. Cell voltage characteristics curves during

charging at0.5,1.0and1.5 times normal rate

21. Battery layout arrangement

22. List of accessories to be provided

With battery
• TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR D.C. DISTRIBUTION BOARD

1.0 STANDARDS:
Components mounted on the DCDB shall confirm to the latest revisions of the
following standards:

A IS:13947 Degree of protection provided for enclosure for

low voltage control gear and switchgear &MCCB

B IS:13947/1993 Part-III Switch ,Fuse, Disconnector unit

Amended upto date

C IS2705amendedupto date CTs

D IS 8828 /1996 MCB
amended upto date

E IS 1248 Indicating instruments

F IS375 Wiring
G IS:13703/1993 Part-I&II HRC Fuses

2.0 GENERALTECHNICALPARTICULARS:

2.1 Rated Voltage:

Rated voltage for the Distribution Board and its constituent items like Switch,
Fuse, Disconnector unit, MCBs, bus ways etc. shall be single phase 2 wire D.C. 110
volts. The supply voltage may vary by ±10% of rated voltage. All the equipments
used in the Board shall operate satisfactorily at this voltage variation.

2.2 General Requirements:

2.2.1 Each Distribution Board shall be free standing floor mounted having
compact design. The Board shall be closed, dust protected, weather proof and
shall be made vermin proof with a special type lining e.g. Neoprene gasket, around
the edges of the doors. The distribution board shall comply degree of protection
IP43. MCBs shall be operating vertically upward for ON/OFF operation. The
entire distribution board shall have uniform finish and shall be sturdy. The
distribution boards shall be of modular construction with provision for complete
compartmentalisation of all feeders. It shall be free-standing, dead front type
comprising dust-tight and vermin proof sheet steel cabinets suitable for indoor
installation. The doors of cabinets shall be lockable. Handle shall be made of
reputed make. The DB shall be provided with double door in front having 2 nos.
hinges which should be suitable for movement of 120 degree and 2no. knobs to be
provided on the door corners. All instruments and control devices shall be mounted
on the front of cabinets and fully wired to the terminal blocks. All switches
provided on the distribution board shall be on front side of the cabinets, operable
from outside.

2.2.2 Distribution Board shall be made out of atleast 2.0 mm thick cold rolled
steel sheet, suitably reinforced to provide flat level surface. Size 1000(H) x
750(W) x 300(D) mm. Gland plate shall be 3.0 mm thick. No welds, rivets, hinges
or bolts shall be visible from outside. The doors shall be fitted with double leaf
neoprene rubber gaskets.

2.2.3 All cables shall enter and leave from bottom. Suitable cable terminal blocks
with cable lugs shall be provided inside each cabinet for the incoming and outgoing
cables. The terminals shall be serially numbered to facilitate installation and
maintenance. Main busbars shall be accommodated in busbar chambers and cable
alleys arranged by their side. Compression type cable glands shall be provided to
hold the cables to avoid any pressure or tension on the terminal block connections.
The terminal blocks shall be easily accessible for inspection and checking. Panels
shall have cable supports and metallic clips for supporting power and control cables
for internal wiring of the panels.

2.2.4 DCDB should have 2 sets of Bus Bars in Two separate compartments
to facilitate termination of Incomers from Battery and Chargers. One Change
over switch should be provided to facilitate DC supply to outgoing load
circuit in the event of failure of anyone of the battery/ Charger. The
change over switch should be 2 way 2 position for changing over of both
incomer individually.
Each Busbar shall consist of tinned electrolytic copper of cross-sectional area of a
minimum of2 5mmx3mm, suitable for carrying rated continuous current without
temperature exceeding 85° C. The busbars shall be continuous throughout each
section. The busbars shall have current rating to suit the requirements
corresponding to the loads incident there on under the various operating
conditions and shall withstand the applicable voltage and maximum short circuit
stress. The busbars shall be insulated from supporting structure by means of
durable non-hygroscopic, non-combustible and non-tracking polyester fibre glass
material or porcelain. Busbars shall be encased separately in heat- shrunk sleeves
of insulating material which shall be suitable for the operating temperature of
busbar during normal service. The busbars joints shall be provided with removable
thermosetting plastic shrouds.
The busbars shall be housed in totally separated enclosed busbar chambers.
The incoming connections from the busbars to the various feeders shall be so
designed as not to disturb cable connections and to ensure safety to the operating
and maintenance personnel and to facilitate working outside any outgoing module
without the need for switching off in-feed to the adjacent modules, as far as
possible. The busbars shall be of high conductivity, adequate uniform cross-
section and current density shall be there.
A cable alley preferably 230 mm wide shall be provided in each vertical section for
taking cables in to the compartments.

2.2.5 All doors shall be provided with mechanical interlocking

arrangements along with keys. The distribution board shall have no door on rear
side.

2.2.6 Danger board (Caution Plate) shall be fitted suitably on inner door of the
DB. Danger board shall be of 100 x 100mm size with details as per
WBSEDCL standard format.

2.2.7 The DC boards shall be provided with the following equipments wherever
applicable:
i. Single bus arrangement with provision for one set of +ve and –ve
connected to Charger. Busbar shall consist of tinned electrolytic
copper.
 ii. Terminal arrangement with necessary equipment for connecting the
incoming supply.
iii. Voltage and current measurement in the incomer feeder.
iv. Outgoing modules with switch/MCB units of adequate capacity for the
outgoing feeders and 20% spare feeder units of each rating.
v. Necessary cable glands and terminal blocks.
vi. Adequate number of spare terminals on terminal blocks for receiving
connections for external connections.
vii. The number of outgoing feeders from DC boards shall be such that
each substation equipment is fed by separate feeder with 20% as spare.
2.2.8 The ventilating louvers should be covered from inside by a perforated
sheet.
2.2.9 All sheet metal used for DB shall undergo seven tank mechanical/ chemical
cleaning process & painting shall be done using powder coating process.
Colour of the Paint shall be RAL 7032type.

3.0 MAJOR COMPONENTS:

3.1 Incoming cables for DCDB shall be terminated on terminal connectors provided at the
bottom. Connection between incomer terminals and MCBs shall be with 50 sq. mm copper
cable. Outgoing shall be connected with 35 sq.mm copper cable.
All MCBs, cable used in the DB shall be of reputed make and ISI marked.
DCDB should have 1 set of Bus Bar in a compartments to facilitate termination of
Incomers from of Battery and Charger.
3.2 Incoming circuit:
Two double pole MCBs of 63 Amp s capacity shall act as Incoming breaker of load bus.
Changeover switch of 63 Amps DP is to be provided.

3.3 Outgoing Circuits:

Sr. Feeder Cable size Source-1 Source-2
No. Rating

1. Double pole 2core 16 sq. mm 04 nos. 04 nos.

DC MCB LT PVC cable
32A,250V
2. DP 16 A 2core 10 sq. mm 08 nos. 08 nos.
MCBs, 250V LT PVC cable

3.3.1 Total 24 Nos. outgoing circuits shall be provided .

MCBs shall comply following specifications as per IS8828/1996.
a) Rated voltage & freq. shall be 240 V & 50 Hz respectively for DP MCBs.
b) Rated current shall be 32A/16A as mentioned above.
c) Rated short circuit capacity shall be min. 6KA at 0.8p.f. lag
d) Service short circuit capacity shall be 6KA as per table 15 of IS:8828/1996.
e) MCBs shall have fixed un adjustable time/current characteristics.
f) Under voltage release and shunt-trip release coils are not required. Only overload release
and short circuit release shall be provided.
g) Tripping time shall be as per (clauseNo.8.6.1) table 6 of IS: 8828/1996.Tripping mechanism
thermal magnetic type.
h) MCBs having precision moulded case and cover of flame retardant high strength
thermo plastic material with high melting point, low water absorption, high dielectric
 strength and temperature with stand capacity shall be capable of carrying out given
no. of operation cycles as per clause No. 9.11 of IS:8828/1996.
i) Limits of temperature rise shall be as per (clauseNo.9.8) table 5 of IS:8828/1996.
j) Standard range of instantaneous tripping shall be type 'B' as per(clause No.5.3.5) table 2 of
IS:8828/1996.

3.3.2 All MCB outgoing terminals shall be terminated on terminal connectors of 10 mm. stud
type provided at the bottom.
3.3.3 The enclosure shall be provided with proper earthing
3.3.4 PVC cable glands of adequate size shall be provided for all incoming and outgoing
cables.
3.3.5 The moving contacts of all poles of multi-pole circuit breakers hall be so mechanically
coupled that all poles, except the switched neutral, if any, make and break
substantially together. Whether operated manually or automatically even if an
overload occurs on one protected pole only.
Both side terminal should be suitable for direct cabling as well as bus bar connection
and should take wire up to cross-section area of 25 sq.mm.

Detailed specification is tabulated below:-

Standard IS:8828:96&IEC:60898:2002
Type/Series B&C
Rated Current(DC) 20A for SPN, 36A for DP
Rated Voltage(DC)Volt 110
Rated short circuit breaking capacity kA 10

Ambient temperature(degC) -5 to+55

Protection class IP-20

3.3.6 Alarm Relays-

i. One Mains failure Alarm relay.
ii. One Earth Fault alarm relay
iii. One 110 Volt DC Bell to be operated by the Mains failure alarm relay.
iv. One 110 volt DC Buzzer to be operated by the earth fault alarm relay.

3.3.7 AC/DC Change Over Contacts

Emergency lighting circuit shall be provided such that the lights normally burn on AC
240Volts, 50 Hz but in case of failure of AC supply, these come upon DC supply with the
help of automatic changeover contactors and again changeover to AC supply with the
restoration of AC supply. There shall be two number double pole ON/OFF switches with
HRC fuses one each for AC and DC supply.

3.4 Indicating Instruments:

Principal requirements of indicating instruments are as follows:
3.4.1 D.C Ammeter:
Ammeter shall comply the following requirements

Class of accuracy 1.0

Range 0-75 Amps
 Mounting Flush type
Size 96 x96mm
Type Analog

3.4.2 D.C Volt Meter:

Voltmeter shall comply the following requirements
Class of accuracy 1.0
Mounting Flush type
Size 96x 96 mm
Range 0-130 volts
Type DC moving coil

3.4.3 Indicating Lamps:

Indicating lamps shall be panel mounting type 23 mm with rear terminal
connections having low wattage LEDs cluster type. Lamps shall have
translucent lamp covers to diffuse lights, coloured red for ‘DCON’ condition. The
lamp cover shall be preferably of screw-on type, unbreakable and moulded from
heat resisting fast coloured material. Conventional bulbs are not acceptable.
Necessary wiring shall be provided accordingly.

3.4.4 MARKING
Each compartment shall be provided with legible and indelibly marked/engraved
nameplate. Name plates shall be white with black engraved letters. On top of each
module, name plates with bold letters shall be provided for feeder designation. Each
device shall also suitably marked for identification inside the panels. Name- plates with
full and clear inscriptions shall be provided inside the panels for all isolating switches,
links, fuse blocks, test blocks and cable terminals. Every switch shall be provided with
a name plate giving its function clearly. Switches shall also have clear inscriptions for
each position indication e.g. ‘ON’ ‘OFF’ etc.

3.4.5 Earthing Arrangements:

Two nos. Earthing studs of galvanized M.S. 25X6 mm shall be provided for external
earth connections at the bottom. These should be complete with plain washer, spring
washer, nuts etc. Earthing Bolts must be welded to prevent removal of the same from
the cabinet.
Flexible stranded copper connector (braided conductor) should be connected of
copper equivalent 10 sq. mm. size between door and box enclosure. This flexible
braided cable should be terminated using gland and proper size nut/bolt sat both ends.

3.4.6 Mounting Clamps:

The DCDB box are to manufacture with suitable mounting arrangement on
wall/steelsupportbymeansof4nos.25X6mmsize clamp shaving hole dia.14mm,fixed over
the body.

3.4.7 Gland Plate:

The removable gland plate should be provided in the lower portion of the box to
accommodate all brass glands (according to requirement)for incoming and outgoing cables.
 3.4.8 Name Plate:
Aluminium sheet 2 mm engraved with details should be provided duly refitted over front
door.
a. DC Distribution Box
b. P.O No.
c. ‘Property of WBSEDCL’

4.0 CONTROL WIRING

DCDB shall be furnished completely factory wired up to terminal blocks ready for
external connections.
All wires shall consist of 1100V grade PVC insulated flexible stranded copper
wires with a cross-section of 2.5 sq. Mm suitable for switchboard wiring and complying
with the requirement of relevant IS. Each wire shall bear an identifying ferrule or tag at
each end or connecting point.
Control cables for external connections shall consist of stranded copper wire with
4.0sq. Mm or higher cross-sectional areas and shall enter the bottom.
All interconnecting/outgoing control wiring shall terminate on stud type terminals on
terminal blocks. The terminals shall be marked with identification numbers to facilitate
connections.
The terminal blocks shall be made of moulded, non-inflammable, plastic material and
arranged to provided maximum accessibility for inspection and maintenance. All terminal
block shall have transparent plastic cover.
The terminals shall be made of hard brass and diameter of not less than 6mm.
The studs shall be securely locked within the mounting base to prevent turning. The terminal
blocks shall be provided with twenty(20) percent spare terminals. The terminals shall be
suitable for connections through tinned copper crimped lugs.
Wiring shall be complete in all respect to ensure proper functioning of the
control, protection and monitoring scheme.
Each wire shall be identified at both ends with permanent markers bearing
wire numbers as per wiring diagram.

5.0 TYPE TEST CERTIFICATES:

MCBs & other components used in DCDB shall be fully type tested as per
relevant IS and this specification.
All the Type Tests shall be carried out from laboratories which are accredited
by the National Board of Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) of Government of
India such as CPRI Bangalore/Bhopal, ERDA Baroda, to prove that the MCBs & other
components used in DCDB meet requirements of the specification.

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF DCDB

Sr. No. Parameter Name

1. Enclosure fabricated from M.S sheet of2.0 mm thickness Y/N

2. All sheet metal work has undergone 7 tank chemical processing Y/N
and powder coating

3. Colour of enclosure from inside is white Y/N

4. Colour of enclosure from outside is as per RAL 7032 Y/N

5. Busbar is of electrolytic tinned copper of size 1.6 A/sq. mm Y/N

with 200A rating and without joints.
6. Make and type of switch Fuse Disconnector Unit Y/N

7. No. of 1ph 36 ADP MCBs provided Y/N

8. Make and type of 1Ph 36 ADP MCBs Y/N
9. No. of 1ph 16 ADP MCBs provided Y/N

10 Make and type of 1Ph 16 ADP MCBs Y/N

11 All MCBs are type tested and having short circuit rating of Y/N
Min. 6KA at 0.7 pf lag
12 Ammeter is having range of 0-75A And accuracy class1.0 Y/N
13 Make and type of Ammeter Y/N
14 Voltmeter is having range of 0-130V And accuracy class 1.0 Y/N
15 Make and type of voltmeter Y/N
16 Indicating lamps are of LED type with 22.5 mm dia. Y/N
17 Wiring between MCBs and terminal connectors is with Y/N
specified stranded copper wire as per specification
18 Terminal connectors are of bolted type provided as per Y/N
specification

19 Detachable gland plate is provided with knock out type Y/N

arrangement for providing cable glands at the bottom

20 Cable glands as per requirements provided separately Y/N

(D) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 30V, 35 AUTO AND MANUAL FLOAT-
CUM-BOOST BATTERY CHARGER, 30 V 100 AH BATTERY, ACDB & DCDB

• TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 30 V, 100 AH STATIONARY BATTERIES

1(i). Scope : The specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at the

Manufacturer‟s works, delivery by road transport to different sites of West Bengal

State Electricity Distribution Company Limited of Lead Acid Battery set suitable for

Auto and Manual Float cum Boost Battery Charger with 30 V DC Output. Supervision

and erection/commissioning of devices shall have to be undertaken by mutual

acceptance of terms and conditions for the same, if required.

APPLICATION:
The system requires a reliable and uninterrupted D.C. supply for supplying

D.C. Power to emergency lights, closing and tripping coils of circuit breakers, relays,

semaphores etc.

1(ii). Service conditions:

Equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for satisfactory

continuous operation under the following tropical conditions.

Maximum ambient temperature ( Degree C) 50

Maximum temperature in shade (Degree C) 45
Minimum Temperature (Degree C) 3
Relative Humidity ( percent) 95
Maximum Annual rain fall (mm) 1450
Maximum wind pressure ( kg/sq. m) 150
Maximum altitude above mean sea level ( Meter) 1500

Isoceraunic level ( days per year ) 50

Seismic Level The sites fall within

seismic zone-III and IV
as classified in the
IS:1983
Moderately hot and humid tropical climate conductive
to rust and fungus growth
1(iii). Standards:

Unless otherwise specified, the equipment shall conform to latest applicable

Indian standard of equivalent IEC, British or USA standard and in particular to the

following standard (or equivalent IEC British, USA standard):

The tenderer shall clearly state the standard to which the equipment offered by
him conforms.

IS:
1652/
1991 Specification for stationary lead acid Plante Cell battery

1.1 Low maintenance type of Lead Acid stationary Batteries incorporating of pure Lead

Lamellar type with “Plante” formation positive plates assembled in 2 Volt containers

with a capacity of 100 Ampere–hour at 10 hour rate of discharge to an end

voltage of 1.85 V per Cell having Electrical performance as per IS: 1652/1991

or its latest version amended upto date.

1.2 The terminals of the battery shall be suitable for receiving cable lugs. 15

Nos. of 2 volts 100 AH Cell connected in series shall form one set of 30 volts 100

AH.

2.0 Application : The device shall be installed in indoor location within the battery Room

of Substations to provide auxiliary DC Power Supply for following applications:

a) Emergency lighting

b) Circuit breaker/switchgear/protective relay operations

c) Equipment supervision indication

d) Audio visual annunciation

Under normal conditions, auxiliary DC Power Supply for continuous load will be met from

Battery Charger and storage batteries should be kept under float or boost charging condition.

But in case of Circuit Breaker/Switchgear/Protective Relay operation and/or in the event of

failure of incoming power supply to Battery Charger, required auxiliary DC Power supply

shall be met from Storage Batteries.

3.0 STANDARD RATING: The standard ratings of batteries shall be 30

Volts DC, 100 AH at 27 Deg C. Duty cycle is to be mentioned.

4.0 Cell Voltage : The nominal voltage of a single cell shall not be less than 2
volts at the beginning of Charging.
The trickle charging voltage per cell shall be within 2.25 volts to 2.3 volts. The boost
charging voltage per cell shall be upto 2.75 volts.
At the end of the charging, cell shall be floated easily around 2.25 volts without
causing adverse corrosion or loss of water.

5.0 Charging Current:

Trickle charging current shall be between 80 mA to 240 mA. Boost charging

current shall be within following limits:-

a) Starting Rate : 14 Amp

b) Finishing Rate : 7 Amp.

6.0 The expected life span of the batteries shall be minimum 10 years.

7.0 Constructional Feature:

7.1 Type: The storage batteries shall consist of 15 nos. Plante type

Lead Acid Cells of Voltage not less than 2 volts per cell at the beginning of initial

charging.

7.2 Main Components of each cell

7.2.1 Positive Plates

The positive plates of cell shall be constructed from pure lead consisting of laminations.

7.2.2 Negative Plates

The negative plates shall be pasted type consisting of sturdy lead alloy grid filled

with active material.

7.2.3 Plate Connections

The plug of the plates of like polarity shall be connected to terminal post for

external connections. Suitable plastic buffer, moulded bottom plate support shall be used

for holding plates in proper position.

7.2.4 Separator
 The separators shall be constructed from highly micro-porous and rigid material of

appropriate shape. Separators shall be inert chemically and shall prevent internal

short circuit and shall ensure minimum internal resistance.

7.2.5 Terminal Posts

The positive and negative terminal posts shall be clearly and indelibly marked for easy

identification. The terminal posts shall be sealed properly with the lid by rubber

grommets or other suitable device. The terminal posts shall have provision for inter-

cell/outgoing cable connections.

7.2.6 Container

Transparent styrene acryl nitrile (SAN) container for each cell shall be made of

sturdy construction having proven excellent clarity, outstanding chemical

resistant property, rigidity with high insulating quality. The container

shall provide permanent transparency to enable visual inspection of electrolyte

level and internal condition of cell. Recommended electrolyte level shall be

clearly and indelibly marked.

7.2.7 Cell Lid

Cell lid for covering cell container shall be made from high quality non-corrosive plastic

materials and shall have provision for easy removal.

7.2.8 Vent Plug

A vent plug of suitable design shall be provided on each cell lid. The vent plug shall

have a micro-porous plastic alloy/ceramic filter

which will prevent escape of acid fume/spreading of acid fume but will allow free exit

of oxygen and hydrogen generated in the process of charging.

7.2.9 Electrolyte

The electrolyte for the cell shall be battery grade sulphuric acid conforming to

IS:266-1977 or its latest version amended upto date and diluted with distilled water to

specific gravity 1.2 at 27 Deg C. The lead acid cell batteries shall be supplied in dry and

uncharged condition. Diluted sulphuric acid of approved quality and required quantity

shall be supplied in separate non-returnable porcelain or any other acid and corrosive

proof jars. 10% extra electrolyte shall have to be supplied.

7.3 Other components of Battery

7.3.1 Cell pillars and connectors :

Cell Pillars and connectors shall be made from highly conductive material of lead allow

having generous cross section ideally suited for high current duties.
 Bolts, nuts, washers etc. for connecting the cells and connectors

shall be coated with anti-corrosive highly conductive material.

7.3.2 Battery Stand

The stand for supporting battery cells shall be provided. The stand for battery cell

shall be of Mild Steel finished with at least three coats of anti-sulphuric paints of

approved shade. The racks shall be free standing type. Suitable porcelain/plastic

insulators shall be provided between the stand and the battery room floor. Number

plate to designate each cell of battery shall be provided and shall be attached on the

rack. Provision shall be made for clamping outgoing cable on the rack. The cell shall be

supported on the rack in suitable row and tier formation with adequate clearance

between adjacent cells.

7.3.3 Polarity Marking

The polarity marking of the terminals shall be marked for identification. The positive

terminal may be identified by “P” or (+) sign or red colour mark and the negative

terminal may be identified by “N” or (-) or blue colour. Terminal marking shall be

permanent and non-deteriorating.

7.3.4 Life

The Bidder shall quote in his offer the guaranteed life of the battery when operating

under the conditions specified in the specification.

7.3.5 Battery shall be transported in dry, uncharged condition. The electrolyte shall be

supplied separately in non-returnable container of acid resistant material. Each battery

set shall be supplied with operation / commissioning manual.

7.3.6 The following characteristics have to be satisfied by the batteries offered:

i) Loss of capacity on storage of a fully charged battery for 28 days shall not be more

than 3%.

ii) Ampere hour efficiency shall not be less than 97 %.

iii) Distilled water addition once in 6 months should be sufficient to maintain the

electrolyte level.

iv) The battery should withstand conditions of under-floating and over- floating.

v) The battery should be capable of being maintained at a higher Electrolyte

specific gravity of 1.230 +/- 0.005 without deterioration to Grid corrosion.

vi) The Bidder should furnish sufficient evidence of his capability to manufacture the
low maintenance batteries.

7.3.7 Test on Battery:

 All tests shall be carried as per the relevant standard. Test shall comprise of Routine

tests and Acceptance Tests.

7.3.8 Routine Test :

These are to be performed at manufacture‟s works and shall include the following

test:-

i) Verification of constructional requirement.

ii) Verification of marking.

iii) Verification of dimensions.

iv) Test for capacity.

v) Test for voltage during discharge.

vi) Ampere hour and watt – hour efficiency test.

vii) Test for loss of capacity on storage.

viii) Endurance test.

7.3.9 Acceptance Test:

These tests shall be performed in presence of purchaser‟s representative

from the sample selected from the lot offered for supply.

i) Verification of constructional requirement.

ii) Verification of marking.

iii) Verification of dimensions.

iv) Test for capacity.

v) Test for voltage during discharge.

vi) Ampere hour and watt – hour efficiency test.

7.3.10 Important design criteria

Plate connectors and paste shall be designed to contribute maximum effective

surface area, maximum electrical conductivity and superior voltage characteristics

throughout service life. The plates shall be designed for maximum

performance durability and shall not buckle during different service condition i.e.

high rate of discharge and rapid fluctuation of load. The container should have

provision to avoid short- circuit of plates due to deposition at the bottom.

7.3.11 Accessories
 Following accessories in addition to battery shall have to be supplied in each set of

equipment:

Sl. Item Description Qty

No.
01 Syringe type Hydrometer set complete in all respect 1 no.
and capable of indicating specific gravity reading in
steps of 0.005 for Plante
type Lead Acid Cell Battery
02 Cell Testing Voltmeter (Range: 3-0-3 volts having 1no.
scale conforming to IS )/ Digital Multimeter
03 Mercury Glass Thermometer 1 no.
Range: 0-100 Deg C having suitable scale
representing 1Deg C temperature rise.
04 Wall mounting Plastic holder for holding 1 no. 1no.
Hydrometer and 1 no. Thermometer.
05 Plastic syringe: 10 Oz(ounce) 1 set
06 Plastic Funnel : 150 mm dia. 1 no.
07 Acid resistant plastic Jug: 2 ltrs. Capacity 1 no.
08 Rubber Siphon: 12.7 mm dia 2 mtr long 1 no.
09 Rubber apron 2 nos.
10 Rubber gloves 2 Pairs
11 Rubber boots: Knee height 2 Pairs
12 Special tools AS required
13 Battery Stand of Mild Steel 1 no.
14 Inter battery connector of lead plated copper of 14Nos.+2extra
cross section not less than 50 sq.mm.
15 Lead plated set containing 2 nuts,1 bolt
and 2 washers 30 sets+4 extra
16 Sulphuric Acid (10% extra) of 1.190 Specific
Gravity at 27°C sufficient for first filling of
the Battery 1 Lot
8.0 Testing Facilities :

The Bidder must clearly indicate what testing facilities are available in the works of

manufacturer and whether the facilities are adequate to carry out all Routine,

Acceptance Tests. These facilities should be available to WBSEDCL‟s Engineers, if

deputed to carry out or witness the tests in the manufacturer‟s works. If any of the

tests can not be carried out in the manufacturer‟s works, Bidder shall have to

arrange for such testing at any NABL Accredited/Govt. Test house or Laboratory at his

own cost.

9.0 Inspection :

All tests and inspection shall be made at the place of

manufacturer unless otherwise specially agreed upon by the

manufacturer and the WBSEDCL. The manufacturer shall provide the WBSEDCL all

reasonable facilities, without charge to satisfy him that the material is being supplied in

accordance with this specification.

10.0 Tests:-

General: The equipment including all components and accessories shall be subjected to

all type of tests including Routine and acceptance tests in accordance with provision

contained in relevant standard.

10.1 Type Test: The Bidder shall have to submit along with their Tender

documents , as pre-requisites, the complete type Test Reports

as stipulated in the relevant IS/IEC, carried out within 5 years from the due date of

Tender, from CPRI/NABL accredited/Govt. recognised Test House or Laboratory on the

offered Item, failing which their offer may not be technically acceptable.

10.2 Routine and acceptance Tests: Routine &acceptance tests shall have to be carried out

in compliance with provision contained in the relevant standard and / or to

ascertain satisfactory performance of the offered device at the works of the

Manufacturer.

The acceptance tests shall have to be conducted in the presence of authorised

representative of the purchaser before effecting delivery.

11.0 Drawings :
The successful bidder shall have to submit the 6(six) copies of final drawings,

manuals, literatures for approval to the office of the Chief Engineer (P & E)

for approval before starting manufacture of the equipment. Before despatch of

the equipment, 6(six) copies of drawings, manuals and literature shall be submitted to

purchaser for distribution to different offices of the Company.

In addition to above, every crate of complete set of equipment shall also contain in

waterproof folder, 2(two) sets of drawing, manuals and literature for

commissioning, operation and maintenance at site.

12.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE:

Battery shall be delivered to the various consignees of WBSEDCL and shall be

suitably packed to avoid damages during transit. The Battery with all its integral
part will be guaranteed for the period of 5 years from the date of last dispatch.
In the event of any defect in any of its integral part of the equipment arising out
of faulty design, materials, workmanship within the above period, the supplier shall
guarantee to replace or repair the same to the satisfaction of the purchaser.
However, any engineering error, omission,
wrong provision, etc. which do not have any effect on the time period, shall be
attended to as and when observed/pointed out without any price implication.

13.0 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

The bidder should fill up the details in schedule A – „Guaranteed Technical

Particulars‟ and the statement such as “as per drawing enclosed”, “as per

WBSEDCL requirement”, “as per IS”, “as per specification” etc. shall be

considered as details not furnished and such offers may be rejected.

14.0 Schedules:
The Bidder shall fill in the following schedules, which is part and parcel
of the tender specification and offer. If the schedules are not submitted
duly filled in with the offer, the offer shall be liable for rejection.

Schedule A: Guaranteed Technical Particulars

 Schedule „A‟

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR PLANTE TYPE 30V, 100 AH

LEAD ACID CELL BATTERY
Sl Particulars Details
No.

1. Name and Address of the

Manufacturer

2. Application standards

3. Type & Designation as per

standards

4. Manufacturer’s type and

designation
5. Capacity and voltage at 27◦C AH WH FINAL
VOLTAGE
a) At 10hrs. rate of discharge (v)

b) At 5hrs. rate of discharge

c) At 3 hrs. rate of discharge

d) At 1 hrs. rate of discharge

e) At 1 minute rate of discharge

6. Cell details

a) No. of cells per battery

b) No. of positive plates per cell

c)Total no. of plates per cell:

d) Type of positive plate:

e) Type of negative plate:

f) Surface area of plate in sq.mm:

g) Construction details and

dimensions of
i) Positive plate

ii)Negativeplate
 h) Rated current of each positive
plate:

i)Construction details of separators

including thickness, type and
material

j) Container details:

i) Material of container

ii)Overall dimensions of container in

mm

: Length

: Width

: Height

k) Overall dimension of cell in mm

(including Cell height)

l) Weight of each of cell in kg.

a) Without Acid

b) With acid

m) Clearance in mm between:

i) Top of plates and top of

container

ii) Bottom of plates &

bottom of container

iii) Edges of plates & inner

surfaces of container

n) Cell Lid details:

i) Material

ii) Type

iii) Feature

7. Electrolyte details:

i) Applicable standard of
electrolyte
 ii) Quantity of Electrolyte
& Specific gravity at 27◦C
for first filling in each cell

iii) Quantity of Electrolyte required

for 15 nos. Plante type lead acid cell
plus 10% extra

iv) Specific gravity of electrolyte at

27 ◦C with all cells fully charged

v) Specific gravity of electrolyte at

the end of 10 hour of discharge
rate

8. Cell Pillars &Connectors :

i) Material

ii) Type

iii)Dimension details in mm

iv) Details of inter row inter tier

connectors including bolts, nuts
and washers.

9. Battery Stand:

1) No. of racks per battery

2) No. of cells per rack

3) Formation of row and tier

details

4) Material of stand

5) Particulars of anti-sulphuric
paint to be provided

6) Type and no. of stand insulator to

be provided

10. Nominal cell voltage in volts:

11. Recommended rate of first Start Finish
charging battery cells

1) Current in amps

2) Voltage in volts
 3) Total minimum input during
initial charging in AH

12. Recommended float charge rate

13. Recommended float charge voltage

across the battery terminals

14. Recommended boost charge

voltage across the battery
terminals

15. Guaranteed AH efficiency at 10 hr.

rate of discharge

16. Guaranteed WH efficiency at 10 hr.

rate of discharge

17. Internal Resistance of charged cell in

milli ohm

18. Resistance of the charged battery

including inter connector between
the cell in ohms

19. Short Circuit Current for dead

short circuit across the battery
terminals when

1) Battery in floating mode

2) Battery in boost charge mode

20. Cell voltage characteristics curves

during charging at 0.5,1.0 and 1.5
times normal rate

21. Battery layout arrangement

22. List of accessories to be provided

with battery

Date: Signature: Place:

Name:

Name of the Company:

Seal of the Company:

 • TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 30 V, 35A AUTO AND MANUAL
FLOAT-CUM-BOOST BATTERY CHARGER

1. Scope: The specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at the

Manufacturer‟s works, delivery by road transport to different sites of West Bengal
State Electricity Distribution Company Limited for Auto and Manual Float cum
Boost Battery Charger. 30 V DC output in Float Mode: Continuous 21 Amp load and
trickle charging current for Battery. Boost Charge Mode: Continuous load of 21
Amp and Battery Boost Charge current of 14 Amp. In addition to above, the
Charger is capable of delivering short time current of 40 Amp for 1 second
for tripping of breaker and lighting purpose.

Supervision and erection of devices shall have to be undertaken by manual

acceptance of terms and conditions for the same, if required.

APPLICATION:

The system requires a reliable and uninterrupted D.C. supply for supplying
D.C. Power to emergency lights, closing and tripping coils of circuit breakers, relays etc.

2. Service conditions:

Equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for satisfactory

continuous operation under the following tropical conditions.

Maximum ambient temperature ( Degree C) 50

Maximum temperature in shade (Degree C) 45
Minimum Temperature (Degree C) 3
Relative Humidity ( percent) 95
Maximum Annual rain fall (mm) 1450
Maximum wind pressure ( kg/sq.m) 150
Maximum altitude above mean sea level( Meter) 1500
Isoceraunic level ( days per year ) 50

Seismic Level The sites fall

within seismic
zone-III and IV
as classified in the
IS:1983
Moderately hot and humid tropical climate conductive
to rust and fungus growth
3.0 Standards:

Unless otherwise specified, the equipment shall conform to latest applicable

Indian standard of equivalent IEC, British or USA standard and in particular to the
following standard (or equivalent IEC British, USA standard):
IS:3895/1966 Specification for the rectifier equipment
IS:9224 Specification for HRC fuses.
IS: 1248 Indicating instrument.
IS:375 /1963 Specification for wiring
IS: 4540/1968 Mono crystalline semiconductor rectifier
assemblies
IS:2026 Transformers
IS:13947/ 1993 Air Break Switch/Contactor

IS: 5/1978 Colour for ready mix paint

IS: 5421/1981 Printed circuit board
IS: 8828/1993 Miniature circuit breaker
IS:2147 Degree of protection for cubicle
IS:6619 Safety code for semiconductor rectifier
equipment

The tenderer shall clearly state the standard to which the equipment offered by
him conforms.

4.1 SUPPLY: AC input: 240 volts +20 % & - 25%, 50 HZ +/- 5%, Single phase supply.
Input power factor 0.7 minimum at rated load.

4.2 CHARGER SYSTEM OPERATION:

4.2.1. The Battery Charging Equipment shall be float-cum-Boost type with facility to
supply the DC continuous load of 20 Amp also. During normal operation, the Battery is
floated across the Battery charger at 34.5 V (2.3 V per cell) and should be compatible for
battery as per specification) and also supplies the load current 21 Amps. Whenever the
battery has run down, it needs to be boost charged passing higher current of 14 Amps,
into batteries for higher voltage up to 42 V (2.75V maximum per cell). The charger shall
provide this extra voltage for Boost charging.

4.2.2 During boost charging, voltage across the battery terminal will go higher at the
order of about 42 volts for which suitable Automatic solid state transistorized
dropping device shall be provided (maintain 30 Volts +2/- 0V volts across the load
terminal).

4.2.3 Battery Charging Equipment shall be fully automatic for Float and Boost charging
facility with suitable indication on front of the panel by means of LED
indication. For this, automatic solid state changeover relay shall be provided. During AC mains
fail, Battery supplies the load and gets discharged. The extent of discharge depends on the
duration of power failure and the current drawn by load. When the mains are restored
after power failure, Battery shall put on automatically on boost mode. During this time,
load voltage shall be maintained by load regulator 30 V ± 2 Volt. After the Battery
gets fully charged i.e. its voltage reaches 42 Volts, it should automatically switch over to
trickle mode & when Battery voltage falls below 27 volts, the charger should
automatically switch over to Boost mode. Soft start feature shall be provided in the system.

4.2.4. The manual mode should be fully independent so that no element of electronic
controller comes into its operation. This shall also include an independent full wave
bridge rectifier of suitable rating, output of which will be connected to load and
battery by means of a contactor controlled switch on the front panel. Output of the
charger in manual mode shall be maintained below 35 volts by means of selector
switch connecting the suitable tap on the secondary side of power transformer
by the operator. Facility should be provided to prevent the excessive in-rush
current into the battery, when the discharged battery suddenly comes across the
float charger after an emergency period.

4.2.5 The battery charger shall have one top and one bottom for Manual & Auto Bridge
circuit. The bottom module (Auto mode) shall be so connected to the top/other modules that if
necessary, it can be taken out for repair by simply disconnecting few links. Each arm
of the bridge shall be provided with filter circuit as well as fuse protection in order to
rectify the fault if any, at the earliest opportunity.

4.2.6 There shall be 4(four) nos. Feeder specific outgoing MCBs to cater DC load as and when
needed. Out of 4(four) nos., 3 nos. shall be provided with 32 Amp. MCB for protection
circuit and one number with 6 Amp MCB for emergency light without changeover. The
above MCBs considered excluding Battery circuit.

4.2.7 Automatic changeover of DC load requirement of substation to Battery in the event of

Mains power failure should be without any break. i.e should be made without
incorporating any relay in the output DC supply.

4.2.8 Automatic changeover of output to charger supply with restoration of incoming

power supply and after meeting short time current requirement from battery.

4.3 RATING: 30V DC output, 35 Amp Auto & Manual dual automatic float cum boost Battery
Charger.

a)Type: Thyristor controlled

 b) At Load Terminal:

During Float charging or Boost charging, the load voltage shall be maintained
30 V ± 2 Volt for AC input voltage variation of +20% & - 25 % and load
variation of 0 to 100 %. Also system shall provide 35
Amps continuous current and also momentary current of 40 Amps for one
second.

c) At Battery Terminal:

Trickle charge voltage 34.50 volts (2.3V per cell) at 400 mA maximum. Boost
charge voltage 42 volts (2.75 V per cell) at 14 amps.

d) RIPPLE:

The ripple content in the DC output of Battery Charger shall be limited to 2 %

RMS.

e) Regulation: +/- 2%

f) Efficiency: More than 70%

g) Method of cooling :Natural air with proper ventilating arrangement

5.1 COMPONENTS:

5.1.1 The Battery charger shall comprise of following components but not limited to the
same:

a) Double pole AC circuit breaker for AC incoming of the battery charger

(MCB) with auxiliary potential free contact for indication to SCADA. MCB
ratings shall be suitable for 3kA rupturing capacity at
30V DC.

b) Single phase, double wound, Air Natural Cooled, Vacuum

impregnated transformer of CRGO lamination and copper winding.

c) Single phase, full wave half controlled SCR bridge of 40A rating (Silicon
controlled rectifier) together with suitable heat sinks and RC suppression network
to take care of momentary high load of 40
Amp. All the electronic components shall be of high MTBF or heavy duty type
and liberally rated.

d) Automatic solid state voltage / current controller for automatic control of

voltage and current during float/ boost charging the batteries complete with
manual control facility.
 e) Auto /manual mode selector switch (25 A AC rating) with Indication lamp/ LED
for respective position.

f) Float/ Boost indicator lamps/LED.

g) Potentiometers to adjust DC output voltage and current in respective

modes.
h) Battery charging current and voltage requirements are to be regulated
by using voltage current feedback loops.

i) Smoothing (filter) circuit comprising of smoothing choke, and filter condenser to

reduce ripple content in the DC output of the Battery charger to 2% RMS.

j) DC moving coil Ammeter of 0-25A rating and 72 sq. mm. for load and 0 to 50 A
battery current.

k) DC moving coil Voltmeter of 0-50 V rating and 72 sq. mm. with selector
switch and HRC fuse to measure voltage of Charger/ Battery and Load.

l) Solid state automatic load voltage regulator to maintain the load voltage of 30
V ± 2 V (rating of the regulator shall be 20 A continuous and 40 A for
one second) during Float charging or Boost charging of the Batteries.

m) Double pole DC circuit breaker for Battery protection (MCB) with auxiliary
potential free contact for indication to SCADA.

n) DC contactor to by-pass automatic load voltage regulator in the event of

AC mains fails to allow the full battery across the load. There should not be
any discontinuity of DC supply to the bus bar during any transition period and
battery power should be available for tripping circuit, if necessary, even during
boost charging.

o) AC analog Voltmeter 96X 96 sq.mm of rating 0 to 300 V.

p) Fuse fail indication lamp/ LED for load and Battery fuses.

q) The indicating instruments shall be of class 1.0 accuracy.

r) The following provisions conforming to relevant IS shall be made on

the front panel:-

(i) Voltmeter to indicate battery/ charger DC voltage.

(ii) Voltmeter for Input AC supply voltage.
(iii) Ammeter to indicate Charge/Discharge current of Battery.
(iv) Ammeter to indicate load DC current.
5.1.2 The Charger shall be provided with following LED of reputed make
Indication:

(i) Supply of power -- Green

(ii) Charger on -- Green
(iii) Battery reverse polarity
(iv) Input power supply fail – Red
(v) Output over/under voltage
(vi) Earth fault

5.1.3 Audio/ Visual alarm to indicate:-

(i) Power failure.

(ii) Charger failure.
(iii) Battery disconnection/failure.
(iv) DC under/Over voltage.
(v) Condenser Fuse failure.
(vi) In case of failure of charger on fault, it should give buzzer as well as LED
indication. However, the buzzer alarm should be provided for battery fuse fail, load
fuse fail and charger trip due to overload indication with an accept and reset switch.
The charger shall have provision for an alarm relay contact for remote Indication.
Suitable terminals with identification label shall have to be provided.

5.1.4 Controlling arrangement for following functions shall be provided:-

a) Auto/Manual Selector Switch

b) Manual operation controlling device
c) Accept/Reset push button
d) Voltmeter selector switch

5.2 a. Wiring: Charger cubicle shall be supplied completely wired upto terminal block
for purchaser‟s external connection using solder less crimping type copper lugs. All
wiring shall be carried out with 750 V
grades PVC insulated multi-strand copper conductor of 2.5 Sq mm and shall be flame/
vermin proof. All wiring shall be neatly bunched without affecting access to
equipment/ components mounted within the cabinet. The Charger DC output
circuit for Battery and load connection separately shall be wired with 6.00 sq.mm PVC
insulated cable.

Suitable two earthing terminal and outgoing terminal shall be supplied to

connect the external supply cables.

Control/Indication/Annunciation circuit shall be wired with suitable size of PVC

insulated cable as per scheme requirement. Colour coded wires should be used to
facilitate easy tracing, as under:-
 i. Single Phase A.C. Circuit:-

(a) Yellow for Phase

(b) Green for Earthing
(c) Blue for Neutral

ii. D.C. Circuit:-

(a) Red for Positive
(b) Black for Negative

iii. Control Wiring:-

a. Gray for annunciation and other control circuits.

b. Ferrules: Embossed/Engraved core identification ferrules, marked

to correspond with the wiring diagram shall be fitted at both
ends of each wire.

c. Termination:

The input, battery and load terminals shall be located in easy accessible
positions. The terminals shall be properly labelled for easy identification of
Input (Ph &Neutral), Battery (positive & negative), Load (Positive
&negative) and Emergency Lamp (Positive & negative).
The terminals shall be rated at 25 Amps or more depending on scheme
requirement.
The Input terminals shall be connected to a 3 core PVC insulated
multi-stranded copper conductor cable (minimum 2 mtr. length) with a 16
Amp 3 pin plug socket at the other end. The earth conductor of the
cable shall be provided on the charger body.
The charger shall incorporate terminals and fuse of 4 Amp rating
for connecting wires from outside to bring emergency light into battery
circuit in the event of mains failure.
All control cables should run through the bottom side of the
Charger cubicle with proper gland arrangement.

5.3 Special Feature:

a) All printed circuits boards used in the Battery charger shall be solder marked,
glass, epoxy, FR 4 grade copper clad material having edge type gold plugging
connectors conforming to latest IS-IEC specifications. All assembled PCB conforming
coating on component side & epoxy varnish on the other side with suitable protective
coating for protection against humidity and corrosion.

b) Transformer shall be with class–B insulation having a continuous rating at

least 125% of the rating of the charger. Reactance of the transformer shall
be suitable to take care of regulation and surges. The power transformer rectifier
unit of the battery charger shall be designed
 for adequate VA rating but in any case it should not be less than 4000
VA and should be rated for 300 V at factor of safety of 3.
The heat dissipation and power control system should be designed with a factor of safety of
8. Rating of silicon diode should not be less than 40 A. Please note that necessary
documentary evidence, showing transformer rating of 4000 VA along with test
certificate from manufacturer, if bought-out, shall be enclosed, for approval of the
purchaser.

c) Tenderer shall furnish full description and illustration of all components

complete with quantity, make, rating, type, tolerance etc. including, but not limited
to the list of components given below.

d) Following make of components shall be used in the Battery charging equipment or

equivalent approved by C.E. (P&E) WBSEDCL.

i) Switches Kaycee/ Recom

ii) Meters AE/IMP/USHA/RISHAV
iii) Contacts /Relay L&T/Siemens/ABB/C&S
iv) MCB MOS/ABB/Siemens/L&T
v) HRC fuses S&S/Bussman/Siemens/L&T
vi) SCR USHA/HIRECT/IR/Semicron
vii) Diode USHA/KELTRON/IR/Semicron
viii) Lamps/LED Essen/vaishna/Siemens/L&T/Emco
ix) Filter condenser Rescon/Elcon/Kendil
x) Potentiometer Pankaj
xi) Voltmeter A.C. IMP/AE/Rishav/ Meco
e) All other bought out items shall conform to the relevant IS and of reputed make
subject to approval of C.E. (P&E) WBSEDCL.

f) a) The charger cubicle will be indoor type with all associated and auxiliary
equipments mounted therein.

b) The charger cabinet shall be 2 mm. thick sheet steel for Non – Load
bearing members & 3 mm for Load bearing members enclosed and shall be
dust and vermin proof. The maximum overall dimension of the charger
shall be height-1500 mm. Width – 700 mm. and depth - 600 mm.

c)The cabinet shall be free standing floor mounting type with a provision for
proper ventilation. Backside Cover will be double door type. Necessary
arrangement on front, back & top side shall be provided for easy
access to different components for repair/maintenance etc. The
enclosures of the cabinet shall provide at least degree of protection IP-42 as
specified in IS: 13947.

d) All doors, removable covers and plates shall be provided with neoprene
gasket all around. Louvers, when provided shall have screens and filters.
The screen shall be of fine wire mesh made of G.I. wire.
 e) All sheet steel work shall be degreased, pickled phosphate and then applied with
two coats of Zinc primer and two coats of finishing epoxy powder coating or
polyethylene protective coating of light gray as per IS : 631, both inside and outside.
The cabinet legs shall be of adequate height and strength and should provide minimum
clearance of 500 mm from ground.

f) All fuses shall be of HRC cartridge types conforming to IS: 2208 mounted on
plug type fuse bases.

g) Electrical indicating instruments shall be flush mounted on panel with only

flanges projecting. Dial shall be white with black number and lettering.

h) Control and instrument switches shall be of rotary type.

i) Indicating lamps shall be LED type with low watt consumption. The
LEDs shall be provided with series resistors.

j) Strip type space heaters of adequate capacity shall be provided inside cabinet to
prevent moisture condensation.

k) All door mounted equipments as well as equipment mounted inside the cabinet
shall be provided with individual labels with equipment designation engraved on
aluminium/plastic plate (stickers are not acceptable).

l) POLARITY MARKING:-

The polarity marking of the terminals shall be marked for identification. The
positive terminal may be identified by “P” or (+) sign or Red colour mark and the
negative terminal may be identified by “N” or (-) or Blue colour. Terminal marking
shall be permanent and non-deteriorating.

m) TERMINALS

Battery charger cabinet shall be provided with two separate suitable earthing
terminals. Separate terminals shall be provided for connecting load and battery leads
to the charger. All terminals shall be of M12 size. Suitable copper lugs shall be
provided by the supplier for use of the purchaser for connecting the load
wiring. It would be the bidder’s responsibility to prove the adequacy of its
design by submitting all technical particulars and relevant graphs to show
suitability of charger for supplying load on continuous basis.

The following documents shall be necessarily enclosed along with Tender

Submission:

i) General Arrangement and cross sectional drawing showing

 device positions, dimensional details and erection arrangement
of Charger.
ii) Schematic diagram of charger showing different components
iii) Wiring diagram of the charger including ferrule numbering
iv) operation & maintenance manuals v)
Type test report.

n) All Deviations from this specification shall be set out by the bidder and should be
brought out clearly in the Deviation sheet.

5.4 Method of cooling of charger equipment shall be specified by the bidder.

6.0 Technical Particulars of Matching Lead Acid Cell Battery for 30 V, 100
AH

6.1 Standard rating

15 nos. 2 volts, 100AH at 27 Deg C when discharged at 10 hours with final cell voltage not
less than 1.85 Volts.

Range of charging Current and Final Cell voltage

a) Range of Float Charging : 80mA to 240mA

b) Range of Boost charging
i) Starting Current : 14 Amp ii)
Finished rate : 7 Amp.
c) Cell voltage at the end of charge
i) Float charge condition : 2.3 V per cell ii)
Boost Charge condition : 2.75V per cell
d) Permissible cell voltage at : 1.75V
the end of discharge

6.2 Ampere Hour capability of each cell of Battery

Amp-Hour 100AH
Capacity
Discharge 10H
duration
Final Voltage 1.85V

7.0 Nameplate Information

Battery Charger nameplate information shall be determined in agreement with
the Employer. This information may include for example:

Name of manufacturer and country

Type, design, and serial number

 Rated frequency

Rated Output Voltage and Current

Purchase Order number and date

Month and year of supply

Property label: „Property of WBSEDCL‟

Guarantee : Five years

8.0 Type Tests:-

The following tests shall constitute the type tests as per IS: 3136-1965 and IS:4540-
1968 (latest amended):

a) DC voltage current test.

b) Automatic voltage regulator operation.
c) Efficiency test.
d) Ripple Voltage test.
e) High Voltage test.
f) Temperature rise test.

9.0 List of Routine Tests as follows:-

Physical checking of charger as per approved drawing.

Insulation resistance test.
High voltage test (2.0 KV).
Line regulation test at No Load and full load in test at load in Float/ boost mode.
Full load ripple content measurement test at load terminals in float and boost mode.
Voltage regulation test at load terminal and Battery terminals in float and boost mode.
DC short circuit test without blowing HRC fuses and without tripping MCBs at
load terminal and also at Battery charger output terminals with observation of total
current limit.
Efficiency measurement test at full load and 20% load.
Checking of automatic operation Float to Boost, Boost to float mode as per
Battery condition.
Checking of Battery voltage, load voltage and Load current Boost Mode at different
charging current.
Temperature rise test of complete charger at full load current (21+14) Amp
@ ambient temperature.
Checking of battery & Load Terminal voltage in manual Mode operation at different
position of Manual Mode Selector Switch.
Checking of automatic connection of Battery to load in case of „Mains
Failure‟ or Charger Trip‟ conditions.
 Checking of Float voltage setting range and Boost current setting Range in Automatic
Mode.
Any other routine test shall be carried as per IS: 4540 on the complete battery
Charging equipment.

9.1 For acceptance of lot all above routine tests shall be carried out on selected
2 samples.

10.0 Testing Facilities:

The Bidder must clearly indicate what testing facilities are available in the works of
manufacture and whether the facilities are adequate to carry out all Routine,
Acceptance Tests. These facilities should be available to WBSEDCL‟s Engineers, if
deputed to carry out or witness the tests in the manufacture‟s works. If any of the
tests can not be carried out in the manufacturer works, Bidder shall have to arrange
for such testing at any NABL Acceredited/ Govt. Test House or Laboratory at Bidder‟s
cost.

11.0 Inspection :
All tests and inspection shall be made at the place of
manufacturer unless otherwise specially agreed upon by the
manufacturer and WBSEDCL. The manufacturer shall provide the WBSEDCL all
reasonable facilities, without charge to satisfy him that the material is being supplied in
accordance with this specification.

12.0 Tests:-

General: The equipment including all components and accessories shall be subjected to
all type of tests including Routine and acceptance tests in accordance with provision
contained in relevant standard.

12.1 Type Test: The Bidder shall have to submit along with their Tender documents,
as pre-requisites, the complete Type test Reports as stipulated
as per Clause No.8.0 of the specification, carried out within
5 years from the due date of Tender, from CPRI/NABL accredited/Govt. recognised
Test House or Laboratory on the offered Item, failing which
their offer may not be technically acceptable. However, in case of failure to
submit the same, submission of type test report on 20.5 Amp Auto & Manual Float-
cum-Boost Charger during submission of Tender is
essential.

If the Tenderer fails to produce the said type test report on the offered item
during submission of tender, he will have to submit the said type test report before
opening of price bid at his own cost.

12.2 Routine and acceptance Tests: Routine &acceptance tests shall have to be carried out
in compliance with provision contained in the relevant standard and / or to
ascertain satisfactory performance of the offered
 device at the works of the Manufacturer.
The acceptance tests shall have to be conducted in the presence of authorised
representative of the WBSEDCL before effecting delivery.

13.0 Drawings:
The successful bidder shall have to submit the 6(six) copies of drawings, manuals,
literatures for approval to the office of the Chief Engineer (P & E) for approval before
starting manufacture of the equipment. It is desired that the complete schematic of
the charger is provided on a permanently laminated/engraved plate of suitable
thickness which has to be bolted/riveted at the four corners on the inside
face of rear door. In addition, one more plate of similar type and dimension shall
be provided on the outside of the rear door providing guidelines and instructions for
operation of the charger. The guidelines and schematic to be provided on the plates
shall be as per approved drawings.

Before despatch of the equipment, 6(six) copies of drawings, manual and literature
shall be submitted to WBSEDCL for distribution to different offices of the
Company.
In addition to above, every crate of complete set of equipment shall also contain in
waterproof folder, 2(two) sets of drawing, manuals and literature for
commissioning, operation and maintenance at site.

14.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE:

Battery Chargers shall be delivered to the various consignees of WBSEDCL

and shall be suitably packed to avoid damages during transit. The Battery Charger
with all its integral part will be guaranteed for the period of 5 years from the date of
last dispatch.
In the event of any defect in any integral part of the equipment arising out of faulty
design, materials, and workmanship within the above period, the supplier shall guarantee
to replace or repair the same to the satisfaction of the WBSEDCL. However, any
engineering error, omission, wrong provision, etc. which do not have any effect on
the time period, shall be attended to as and when observed/pointed out
without any price implication.

15.0 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

The bidder should fill up the details in schedule A – „Guaranteed Technical Particulars‟

and the statement such as “as per drawing enclosed”, “as per WBSEDCL requirement”, “as

per IS”, “as per specification” etc. shall be considered as details not furnished and such

offers will be rejected.

16.0 Schedules:
The Bidder shall fill in the following schedules, which is part and parcel of
the tender specification and offer. If the schedules are not submitted duly filled in
with the offer, the offer shall be liable for rejection. Schedule A -----
Guaranteed Technical Particulars.

17.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN:

17.1. Immediately on receipt of this order you shall have to submit a “Quality
Assurance Plan” indicating the specific quality control procedure and practices adopted
in the major activities of production to ensure its standard.

17.2 The successful Bidder shall within 30 days of placement of order, submit following
information to the purchasers.

(i) List of raw material as well as bought out accessories and the names of sub suppliers
selected from those furnished alongwith offer.

(ii)Type test certificates of the raw material and bought out accessories. (iii)Quality Assurance Plan

(QAP) with hold points for purchaser's inspection.

The quality assurance plan and purchaser's hold points shall be discussed
between the purchaser and supplier, before the QAP is finalized.

17.3 The successful Bidder shall submit the routine test certificates of bought out
accessories and central excise passes for raw material at the time of routine testing of the
fully assembled equipment.
 Schedule „A‟

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF 30V, 35 A (14A+21A) BATTERY CHARGER

SUITABLE FOR 30 VOLT 100 AH LEAD ACID PLANTE TYPE BATTERY

Sl. Description Particulars

No.
1 Name of manufacturer
2 Type of charger
3 Indicate specification to which the offered
charger conforms
4 Rated Input supply voltage
5 Rated Input current
Input Power Factor
6 Output voltage with range of variation
7 Output current range
8 Output current
a) Max. Battery charging current
b) Max. continuous DC external load current
c) Max. continuous output current
9 Output voltage Regulation a) No
load
b) Full load
10 Ripple factor

11 Efficiency

12 Method of Cooling

13 Painting details

14. Whether separate terminals of M-12 size for

connecting load and charger leads to the
battery terminals has been provided.
15 Provision of LEDs for indication purpose
16 Provision of Audio/ Visual alarm
17 Provision of labels for individual
components
18 Provision of ferrules
19 Provision of separate terminals for
connecting battery and load
20 Provision of two separate Earthing
terminals
21 Weight of the complete charger
22 Overall dimensions of battery charger
23 Thickness of the sheet enclosure
24 Make and rating of Miniature Circuit
Breaker for AC Input supply
25 Make & rating of main transformer
26 Make and type of rectifier SCR
27 Rating of rectifier SCR in Amps
28 PIV value of rectifier diode
29 Output in Amps of complete rectifier stack
30 Make, Type & range of Voltmeter
31 Expected service life of Charger
32 Commitment for availability of spares during
service life
33 Applicable Standards
34 List of accessories to be provided with the
Charger
35 Recommended particulars of matching
Battery
36 Technical particulars of different
components including make, type and rating
37 Description of operating principle of
Auto/Manual float cum boost charger with functions
of different components
supported by drawing and block diagram

Place: Signature with Date: Name

of the Company: Name & Designation:
 • Technical specification i.r.o. AC 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 433 Volts, 50
HZ with effectively grounded neutral Indoor type A.C. Distribution
Boards

1.0 SCOPE:

This specification covers the design, manufacturing, testing at works and supply of
Indoor type A.C. Distribution Boards for power supply to yard lighting, Battery charger,
33 kV substation equipments, compressors etc. The system shall be AC 3 Phase, 4 Wire,
433 Volts, 50 HZ with effectively grounded neutral.

2.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS:

Equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for satisfactory

continuous operation under the following tropical conditions.

2.1 Maximum ambient temperature (Degree C) 50

2.2 Maximum temperature in shade (Degree C) 45
2.3 Minimum temperature of Air in shade (Degree C) 3.5
2.4 Relative Humidity (Percent) 10-100
2.5 Maximum annual rain fall (mm) 1450
2.6 Maximum wind pressure (Kg/ sq.mm) 150
2.7 Maximum altitude above mean sea level (metre) 1000
2.8 Isokeraunic level (Days per year) 50
2.9 Seismic level (Horizontal Acceleration) 0.3g
Moderately Hot and Humid tropical climate conducive
2.10 to rust and fungus growth -

3.0 STANDARDS:

3.1 Components mounted on the ACDB shall confirm to the latest revisions of the
following standards:
Degree of protection provided for enclosure for low
A IS: 13947 voltage control gear and switchgear & MCCB
B IS 5 Painting
C IS: 13947/1993 Part-III Switch Fuse Disconnector unit amended
up to date
D IS 2705 amended up to
date
E IS 8828/1996 amended MCB
upto date
F IS 1248 Indicating instruments
G IS 375 Wiring
IS: 13703/1993 Part-I & II
H HRC Fuses

4.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

These A C Distribution Boards shall be supplied as per this specification.

4.1 Rated Voltage:

Rated voltage for the Distribution Board and its constituent items like Switch Fuse
Disconnector unit, MCBs, busways etc. shall be 3 phase 4 wire A.C. 433 volts, 50 Hz with solidly
grounded neutral. The supply voltage may vary by ± 10% of rated voltage. All the
equipments used in the Board shall operate satisfactorily at this voltage variation.

4.2 General Requirements:

4.2.1 Each Distribution Board shall be free standing floor mounted having
compact design. The Board shall be closed, dust protected, weather proof and shall be
made vermin proof with a special type lining e.g. Neoprene gasket, around the
edges of the doors. The distribution board shall comply degree of protection IP 43.
MCBs shall be operating vertically upward for ON/OFF operation. The entire distribution
board shall have uniform finish and shall be sturdy. The distribution boards shall be of
modular construction with provision for complete compartmentalisation of all feeders. It
shall be of dead front type comprising dust-tight and vermin proof sheet steel cabinets
suitable for indoor installation. The doors of cabinets shall be lockable. Handle shall be
made of reputed make. The DB shall be provided with double door in front having 2 nos.
hinges (for each door) which should be suitable for movement of 120 degree and 2 no. knobs
to be provided on the door corners. All instruments and control devices shall be
mounted on the front of cabinets and fully wired to the terminal blocks. All switches
provided on the distribution board shall be on front side of the cabinets, operable from
outside.
4.2.2 Each Distribution Board shall be made out of at least 2.0 mm thick cold
rolled steel sheet, suitably reinforced to provide flat level surface. Size 1000(H) x
750(W) x 300(D) mm. Gland plate shall be 3.0mm thick. No welds, rivets, hinges or
bolts shall be visible from outside. The doors shall be fitted with double leaf
neoprene rubber gaskets.

4.2.3 All cables shall enter and leave from bottom. Suitable cable terminal
blocks with cable lugs, for a minimum of 22 nos., (to be finalised during detailed
engineering as per requirement) shall be provided inside each cabinet for the
incoming and outgoing cables. The terminals shall be serially numbered to facilitate
installation and maintenance. Main busbars shall be accommodated in busbar
chambers and cable alleys arranged by their side. Compression type cable glands
shall be provided to hold the cables to avoid any pressure or tension on the
terminal block connections. The terminal blocks shall be easily accessible for
inspection and checking. Panels shall have cable supports and metallic clips for
supporting power and control cables for internal wiring of the panels.

4.2.4 The busbars shall consist of tinned electrolytic copper of cross- sectional
area of a minimum of 30mm x 5mm, suitable for carrying their rated continuous
current without their temperature exceeding 85 deg C. The busbars shall be
continuous throughout each section. The busbars shall have current rating to suit
the requirements corresponding to the loads incident thereon under the various
operating conditions and shall withstand the applicable voltage and maximum short
circuit stress. The busbars shall be insulated from supporting structure by means
of durable non-hygroscopic, non-combustible and non-tracking polyester fibreglass
material or porcelain. Busbars shall be encased in heat-shrunk sleeves of insulating
material which shall be suitable for the operating temperature of busbars during normal
service. The busbar joints shall be provided with removable thermosetting plastic
shrouds.

The busbars shall be housed in totally enclosed busbar chambers. The incoming
connections from the busbar to the various feeders shall be so designed as not to
disturb cable connections and to ensure safety to the operating and maintenance
personnel and to facilitate working outside any outgoing module without the need for
switching off in-feed to the adjacent modules, as far as possible. The phase and
neutral busbar shall be of high conductivity, adequate uniform cross section and
current density shall not be more than 1.6 Amp/sq. mm.

A cable alley preferably 230 mm wide shall be provided in each vertical section
for taking cables into the compartments.

4.2.5 All doors shall be provided with mechanical interlocking

arrangements along with keys. The distribution board shall have no door on rear
side.
4.2.6 Danger board (Caution Plate) shall be fitted suitably on inner door of the DB.
Danger board shall be of 100x100 mm size with details as per WBSEDCL standard
format (CAUTION, ‘Danger Sign’, 440V).

4.2.7 The AC boards shall be provided with the following equipments wherever
applicable:

i. Busbars shall be of rectangular shape of size 30mm x 5mm, made of tinned

electrolytic copper suitable for 200A continuous rating.

ii. Terminal arrangement with necessary equipment for connecting the incoming
supply.

iii. Voltage and current measurement in the incomer feeder.

iv. Outgoing modules with switch / MCB units of adequate

capacity for the outgoing feeders.

v. Necessary cable glands and terminal blocks.

v. Adequate number of spare terminals on terminal blocks for external

connections.

vi. The number of outgoing feeders from AC boards shall be such

that each substation equipment is fed by separate feeder with 20%
as spare.

4.2.8 The ventilating louvers should be covered from inside by a perforated

sheet or wire mesh.

4.2.9 All sheet metal used for DB shall undergo seven tank mechanical/ chemical cleaning
process & painting shall be done using powder coating process. Colour of the Paint shall
be admiral gray as per shade no. 632 of IS 5 on exterior and white from interior sides.
5.0 MAJOR COMPONENTS:

5.1 Incoming cable for ACDB shall be terminated on terminal connectors provided at
the bottom. Connection between incomer terminals and Switch Fuse Disconnector
unit shall be with 50 sq. mm copper cable. Outgoing shall be connected with 35 sq. mm
copper cable.

For 125 A MCB, 50 sq. mm. stranded cable shall be used. For all
32 A rated MCBs, 16 sq. mm. stranded cable; and, for all 16A rated
MCBs, 10 sq. mm. cable shall be used.

All MCBs, cable used in the DB shall be of reputed make and ISI marked.

5.2 Incoming circuit:

Incoming circuit shall have one no. 3 phase, 433 volt Switch Fuse
Disconnector unit of nominal current rating of 200Amps conforming to IS:
13947/1993 amended up to date and fitted with HRC fuses and 3 No. LT resin cast
CTs having CT ratio of 200/5 A with burden 10VA & accuracy class 1. Switch Fuse
Disconnector unit shall be of reputed make.

To receive incoming cable, one no. 4 way bolted type connector of suitable size shall be
provided. Provision for one kWH meter (3 ph, 4 wire) of flush mounted type with complete
wiring and connected CTs shall be made in the panel.

Incoming cable for incomer LT XLPE, 4 C, 120 sq. mm shall be provided by WBSEDCL.
 5.3 Outgoing circuits:
Sr. Feeder Cable size Purpose
No. Rating
1 TPN 125 A 4 core 50 sq. a. Filtration/ Miscellaneous
MCB mm. LT PVC
cable
2 TPN 32 A 4 core 16 sq. mm a. Water supply
MCBs LT PVC cable b. Outdoor lights
c. Yard light
4 core 10 sq. mm d. Spare (1 nos.)
3 TPN 16 A LT PVC cable a. OLTC for Power
MCBs 2 core 16 sq. mm Transformers (3 nos.)
LT PVC cable b. Spare (1 no.)
4 DP 32 A a. Indoor lights
MCBs 2 core 10 sq. mm b. Battery Charger1
LT PVC cable c. battery Charger 2
d. Spare (1 no.)
5 DP 16 A a. 33 kV Panel AC supply (1 nos.)
MCBs b. 11 kV panel AC supply (1 nos.)
c. Supply for RTU
d. Supply for UPS
e. RTCC (3nos.)
f. Spare (1 nos.)

5.3.1 Total 22 Nos. Outgoing circuits shall be provided as per the details given below.

MCBs shall comply following specifications as per IS 8828/1996.

a) Rated voltage & freq. shall be 230V & 50 Hz respectively for DP MCBs.
b) Rated current shall be 125A/ 32A/16 A as mentioned above.

c) Rated short circuit capacity shall be min. 6 KA at 0.7 p.f. lag

d) Service short circuit capacity shall be 6KA as per table 15 of IS:
8828 /1996.
e) MCBs shall have fixed un adjustable time / current
characteristics.
 f) Under voltage release and shunt-trip release coils are not required.
Only overload release and short circuit release shall be provided.
g) Tripping time shall be as per (clause No. 8.6.1) table 6 of IS: 8828
/1996. Tripping mechanism thermal magnetic type.
h) MCBs having precision moulded case and cover of flame retardant high
strength thermo plastic material with high melting point, low water
absorption, high dielectric strength and temperature with stand capacity
shall be capable of carrying out given no. of operation cycles as per clause
No. 9.11 of IS: 8828 /1996.
i) Limits of temperature rise shall be as per (clause No. 9.8) table 5 of
IS: 8828/1996.
j) Standard range of instantaneous tripping shall be type 'B' as per
(clause No.5.3.5) table 2 of IS: 8828 /1996.

5.3.2 All MCB outgoing terminals shall be terminated on terminal connectors of

10 mm. Stud type provided at the bottom.

5.3.3 The enclosure shall be provided with proper earthing arrangement.

Earthing arrangement shall consist of 2 G.I. Bolts of 12 mm x 50mm
(min.) with 2 spring/ plain washers and 2 check nuts.

5.3.4 PVC cable glands of adequate size shall be provided for all incoming and outgoing
cables.

5.3.5 The moving contacts of all poles of multipole circuit breaker shall be so
mechanically coupled that all poles, except the switched neutral, if any, make and
break substantially together, whether operated manually or automatically,
even if an overload occurs on one protected pole only.

A switched neutral pole shall open after and close before the protected pole(s). The
mechanism should be quick make, quick break with trip free mechanism.

Both side terminal should be suitable for direct cabling as well as bus bar connection and
should take wire up to cross section area of 25 sq. mm.
 Detailed specification is tabulated below:-

Standard IS:8828:96 & IEC:60898:2002

Type/Series B&C
Rated Current(AC) 20A for SPN, 36A for TPN
Rated Voltage(AC) Volt 240/415
Rated short circuit breaking capacity kA 10
Ambient temperature (deg C) -5 to +55
Protection class IP-20

5.4 Indicating Instruments:

Principal requirements of indicating instruments are as follows:

5.4.1 Ammeter:

Ammeter shall comply the following requirements

Class of accuracy 1.0

Range 0-200 Amps
Mounting Flush type
Size 96 x 96mm
Type Analog
Operating Current 5 A from CT Secondary

5.4.2 Ammeter selector switch:

Ammeter Selector switch shall be a four-position rotary type with R, Y, B and 'OFF'
positions marked clearly on 48 x 48 mm brushed aluminum plate with black handle. The
Switch should be screw mounting type with finger touch proof terminals. Terminal wire
should be inserted from the side of the switch terminal. Terminal screw must be captive to
avoid misplace during maintenance. The switch shall be of 12 A rating with insulation level of 1100
V.

5.4.3 Volt Meter:

Voltmeter shall comply the following requirements

Class of accuracy 1.0

Mounting Flush type
Size 96x 96 mm
Range 0-600 volts
Type Analog
5.4.4 Volt Meter selector switch:

Voltmeter Selector switch shall be a seven-position rotary type ( 6 way & off) with 3 phase
to phase & 3 phase to neutral position marked clearly on 48 x 48 mm brushed aluminium plate with
black handle. The Switch should be screw mounting type with finger touch proof terminals.
Terminal wire should be inserted from the side of the switch terminal. Terminal screw must
be captive to avoid misplace during maintenance. The switch shall be of 12 A rating with
insulation level of 1100 V.

5.4.5 Indicating Lamps:

Indicating lamps, for indicating voltage presence in three phases, shall be panel mounting
type 23 mm with rear terminal connections having low wattage LEDs cluster type. Lamps shall
have translucent lamp covers to diffuse lights, coloured red, yellow, green or blue as
specified. The lamp cover shall be preferably of screw-on type, unbreakable and moulded
from heat resisting fast coloured material. Conventional bulbs are not acceptable. The intensity of
light should be minimum 100 milli cd at 20 mA. Indication lamp should be suitable to operate on 230
V AC.
Necessary wiring shall be provided accordingly.

5.4.6 MARKING

Each compartment shall be provided with legible and indelibly marked/

engraved name plate.
Name plates shall be white with black engraved letters. On top of each module, name plates with
bold letters shall be provided for feeder designation. Each device shall also suitably marked
for identification inside the panels. Name- plates with full and clear inscriptions shall be
provided inside the panels for all isolating switches, links, fuse blocks, test blocks and cable
terminals. Every switch shall be provided with a nameplate giving its function clearly.
Switches shall also have clear inscriptions for each position indication e.g. ‘ON’ ‘OFF’ etc.
5.4.7 Earthing Arrangements:

Two nos. Earthing studs of galvanized M.S. 25 X 6 mm shall be provided for external earth
connections at the bottom. These should be complete with plain washer, spring washer,
nuts etc. Earthing Bolts must be welded to prevent removal of the same from the cabinet.
Flexible stranded copper connector (braided conductor) should be connected of
copper equivalent 10 sq. Mm size between door and box enclosure. This flexible
braided cable should be terminated using gland and proper size nut/bolts at both ends.

5.4.8 Mounting Clamps:

The CTs box, ACDB box are to manufacture with suitable mounting arrangement on
wall/steel support by means of 4 nos. 25X6 mm size clamps having hole dia. 14mm, fixed over the
body as per drawing.

5.4.9 Gland Plate:

The removable gland plate should be provided in the lower portion of the box to
accommodate all brass glands (according to requirement) for incoming and outgoing cables.

5.4.10 Name Plate:

Aluminium sheet 2 mm engraved with details should be provided duly refitted over
front door.
a. ACDB
b. P.O No.
c. ‘Property of WBSEDCL’
d. Name of the Manufacturer

6.0 CONTROL WIRING

Each ACDB shall be furnished completely factory wired upto terminal blocks ready for
external connections.
All wires shall consist of 1100V grade PVC insulated flexible stranded copper wires with a
cross-section of 2.5 sq. mm suitable for switchboard wiring and
complying with the requirement of relevant IS. Each wire shall bear an identifying
ferrule or tag at each end or connecting point.
Control cables for external connections shall consist of stranded copper wire with
1.5, 2.5, 4.0 sq. mm or higher cross-sectional areas and shall enter from the bottom.
All interconnecting/outgoing control wiring shall terminate on stud type terminals on
terminal blocks. The terminals shall be marked with identification numbers to facilitate connections.
 The terminal blocks shall be made of moulded, non-inflammable, plastic material and
arranged to provided maximum accessibility for inspection and maintenance. All terminal block
shall have transparent plastic cover.
The terminals shall be made of hard brass and diameter of not less than
6 mm. The studs shall be securely locked within the mounting base to prevent turning. The terminal
blocks shall be provided with twenty(20) percent spare terminals. The terminals shall be
suitable for connections through tinned copper crimped lugs.
Wiring shall be complete in all respect to ensure proper functioning of
the control, protection and monitoring scheme.
Each wire shall be identified at both ends with permanent markers bearing wire numbers as
per wiring diagram.

7.0 TYPE TEST CERTIFICATES:

MCBs & other components used in ACDB shall be fully type tested as per relevant IS and
this specification. The successful Bidder shall furnish detailed type test reports before
commencement of supply.

All the Type Tests shall be carried out from laboratories which are accredited by the
National Board of Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) of Government of India
such as CPRI Bangalore/ Bhopal, ERDA Baroda, to prove that the MCBs & other components
used in ACDB meet requirements of the specification.

8.0 DRAWINGS:

Successful bidder shall submit the detailed drawings along with component details/makes etc.
for necessary approval.

9.0 INSPECTION:

All tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacturer. The manufacturer
shall provide reasonable testing and inspection facilities and co- operation without any charge
to satisfy him that the material is being supplied is in accordance with this specification. The
proto of ACDB shall be inspected
& checked by Ordering Authority or his representative for approval before commencement of
supply.
10.0 SCHEDULES:

The tenderer shall fill in the following schedules, which form part of the tender specification and
order. If the schedules are not submitted duly filled in with the offer, the offer shall be
liable for rejection.

Schedule ‘A’ - Guaranteed Technical Particulars.

11.0 Deviations

Deviation from this specification, if any, shall be clearly bought out in the offer. Unless
owner explicitly accepts such deviations, it shall be constructed that the offer fully
complies with the specification.
 SCHEDULE
‘A’

Mandatory particulars of ACDB

1. ACDB Panel

Type Floor standing, Structure mounted

Indoor type.
Rated voltage 433 Volt
Highest voltage 600 Volt
Frequency 50 Hz
Rated normal current 200 A
Dimension of the panel H : 1000 mm, W : 750 mm, D : 300
mm
Sheet material CRCA
Thickness of metal sheet Load bearing member : 3.0 mm
Non Load bearing member : 2.0 mm
Panel door Double door at the front side
Cable entry Bottom
2. Bus Bars

Type Three phase four wire

Rated Voltage 433 V
Normal Current 200 amps.
Material High conductivity Tinned Electrolytic
Copper.
Shape Rectangular
Size 30 mm X 5 mm
Cross sectional area 150 sq. mm
Type of plating Tin plated
Insulation Insulating sleeve.
No. of Bus Four
3. Switch Fuse Disconnector

Make Havells
Type TPN Switch Fuse Unit with HRC Fuse Link
Current Rating 200A
4. TPN MCB
Make Havells/ C&S
Current rating 125A, 32A, 16A
Voltage rating 433 Volt
5. DP MCB
Make Havells/ C&S
Current rating 32A, 16A
Voltage rating 230 V
6. Low Voltage Terminal connector
Make Elmex / Connectwel / Phonix
Type Locking Stud
Size Suitable for 4.0 sq. mm control wire.

7. Low Voltage CT

Make KAPPA
Type Ring Type
Voltage level 600 volt
Ratio 200/5 Amps
Class 1.0
Burden 10 VA
8. Ammeter

Make AE
Type Analog
CTR 200/5 Amps
Accuracy Class 1.0
Size 96 mm X 96 mm
Mounting Flush mounting
 9. Ammeter Selector Switch

Make KAYCEE
Type 4 Position ( R Y B and Off )
Current rating 16 Amps
10. Volt meter AE
Type Analog
Accuracy Class 1.0
Size 96 mm X 96 mm
11. Voltmeter Selector Switch
Make KAYCEE
Type 4 Position ( RN -YN-BN-Off)
Current rating 10 Amps
12. Energy meter
Type 3 Phase 4 Wire, CT operated
CTR 200/ 5 Amps
Accuracy Class 1.0
Voltage 433 V
13. Control wire
Make KEI/Relicab/Polycab/RR Cable
Voltage grade 750V
Size 2.5 sq.mm
Colour Red Phase : Red,
Yellow Phase : Yellow
Blue Phase : Blue
Neutral : Black.
Earth circuit : Green.
14. Earthing Terminal
Material Copper
Shape Rectangular
Size 25 mm x 6 mm
Provision To be provided on both sides of the panel
15. Painting details

Surface cleaning process 7 Tank process.

Paint thickness 60-80 micron
Paint shade RAL 7032
16. Indicating Lamp
Make VAISHNO
Type LED
Rated Voltage 230V AC
Colour Red Phase : Red,
Yellow Phase : Yellow
Blue Phase : Blue

17. Name Plate details

Manufacturer to be provided
Rated voltage 440 Volt.
Rated current 200 Amps
Rated frequency 50 Hz
Serial number To be provided
Purchase Order reference To be provided
Size 60mm x 40mm
Plate thickness 2 mm
18. HRC Fuse Link & Neutral Link with base
Make GE
19. Caution Board
Size 100mm x 100mm
Plate thickness 3 mm
20. Property Plate ῾PROPERTY OF WBSEDCL’

21. Guarantee 12 months from the date of

commission and 18 months from the
date of supply, whichever is
earlier.
 • Technical specification i.r.o. 30 V DC Distribution Box

1.0 SCOPE:
This specification covers the design, manufacturing, testing at works and supply of
Indoor type D.C. Distribution Boards for protection system of the 33 kV substation. The
system shall be DC, 30 V.

2.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS:

Equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for satisfactory

continuous operation under the following tropical conditions.

2.1 Maximum ambient temperature (Degree C) 50

2.2 Maximum temperature in shade (Degree C) 45
2.3 Minimum temperature of Air in shade (Degree C) 3.5
2.4 Relative Humidity (Percent) 10-100
2.5 Maximum annual rain fall (mm) 1450
2.6 Maximum wind pressure (Kg/ sq.mm) 150
2.7 Maximum altitude above mean sea level (metre) 1000
2.8 Isokeraunic level (Days per year) 50
2.9 Seismic level (Horizontal Acceleration) 0.3g
Moderately Hot and Humid tropical climate
2.10 conducive to rust and fungus growth -

3.0 STANDARDS:

3.1 Components mounted on the ACDB shall confirm to the latest revisions of the
following standards:

A IS: 13947 Degree of protection provided for enclosure

for low voltage control
gear and switchgear & MCCB

B IS 5 Painting
C IS: 13947/1993 Part-III Switch Fuse Disconnector unit
amended up to date
D IS 2705 amended up to date CTs
E IS 8828/1996 amended MCB
upto date
F IS 1248 Indicating instruments
G IS 375 Wiring
H IS: 13703/1993 Part-I & II HRC Fuses
4.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

These D C Distribution Boards shall be supplied as per this specification.

4.1 Rated Voltage:

Rated voltage for the Distribution Board and its constituent items like Switch Fuse
Disconnector unit, MCBs, busways etc. shall be single phase 2 wire D.C. 30 volts. The supply
voltage may vary by ± 10% of rated voltage. All the equipments used in the Board shall
operate satisfactorily at this voltage variation.

4.2 General Requirements:

4.2.1 Each Distribution Board shall be free standing floor mounted having
compact design. The Board shall be closed, dust protected, weather proof and shall be
made vermin proof with a special type lining e.g. Neoprene gasket, around the
edges of the doors. The distribution board shall comply degree of protection IP 43.
MCBs shall be operating vertically upward for ON/OFF operation. The entire distribution
board shall have uniform finish and shall be sturdy. The distribution boards shall be of
modular construction with provision for complete compartmentalisation of all feeders. It
shall be free-standing, dead front type comprising dust-tight and vermin proof sheet
steel cabinets suitable for indoor installation. The doors of cabinets shall be lockable.
Handle shall be made of reputed make. The DB shall be provided with double door in front
having 2 nos. hinges which should be suitable for movement of 120 degree and 2 no. knobs to
be provided on the door corners. All instruments and control devices shall be mounted on
the front of cabinets and fully wired to the terminal blocks. All switches provided on the
distribution board shall be on front side of the cabinets, operable from outside.

4.2.2 Each Distribution Board shall be made out of at least 2.0 mm thick cold rolled
steel sheet, suitably reinforced to provide flat level surface. Size 1000(H) x 750(W) x
300(D) mm. Gland plate shall be 3.0mm thick. No welds, rivets, hinges or bolts shall be
visible from outside. The doors shall be fitted with double leaf neoprene rubber gaskets.

4.2.3 All cables shall enter and leave from bottom. Suitable cable terminal
blocks with cable lugs shall be provided inside each cabinet for the incoming and outgoing
cables. The terminals shall be serially numbered to facilitate installation and
maintenance. Main busbars shall be
accommodated in busbar chambers and cable alleys arranged by their side. Compression type
cable glands shall be provided to hold the cables to avoid any pressure or tension on the
terminal block connections. The terminal blocks shall be easily accessible for inspection
and checking. Panels shall have cable supports and metallic clips for supporting power
and control cables for internal wiring of the panels.

4.2.4 The DC Distribution Board shall have double bus arrangement with change over
switch. The Distribution Board shall have provision for one set of +ve and –ve connected to
Charger-1 and another set of +ve and – ve connected to Charger-2. Each busbars shall consist
of tinned electrolytic copper of cross-sectional area of a minimum of 25mm x 3mm,
suitable for carrying their rated continuous current without their temperature
exceeding 85 deg C. The busbars shall be continuous throughout each section. The
busbars shall have current rating to suit the requirements corresponding to the loads
incident thereon under the various operating conditions and shall withstand the applicable
voltage and maximum short circuit stress. The busbars shall be insulated from supporting
structure by means of durable non-hygroscopic, non-combustible and non-tracking
polyester fibreglass material or porcelain. Busbars shall be encased in heat- shrunk sleeves
of insulating material which shall be suitable for the operating temperature of
busbars during normal service. The busbar joints shall be provided with removable
thermosetting plastic shrouds.

The busbars shall be housed in totally enclosed busbar chambers. The incoming
connections from the busbar to the various feeders shall be so designed as not to
disturb cable connections and to ensure safety to the operating and maintenance
personnel and to facilitate working outside any outgoing module without the need for
switching off in-feed to the adjacent modules, as far as possible. The busbars shall be
of high conductivity, adequate uniform cross section and current density shall not be more
than
1.6 Amp/sq. Mm.

A cable alley preferably 230 mm wide shall be provided in each vertical section for
taking cables into the compartments.

4.2.5 All doors shall be provided with mechanical interlocking arrangements

along with keys. The distribution board shall have no door on rear side.

4.2.6 Danger board (Caution Plate) shall be fitted suitably on inner door of the DB.
Danger board shall be of 100x100 mm size with details as per WBSEDCL standard
format.
4.2.7 The DC boards shall be provided with the following equipments wherever
applicable:

i. Double bus arrangement with change over switch with provision for one set of
+ve and –ve connected to Charger-1 and another set of +ve and –ve connected to
Charger-2. Each busbars shall consist of tinned electrolytic copper of cross-
sectional area of a minimum of 25mm x 3mm.

ii. Terminal arrangement with necessary equipment for connecting the incoming
supply.

iii. Voltage and current measurement in the incomer feeder. iv.

Outgoing modules with switch / MCB units of adequate

capacity for the outgoing feeders and 20% spare feeder units of
each rating.

v. Necessary cable glands and terminal blocks.

vi. Adequate number of spare terminals on terminal blocks for receiving

connections for external connections.

vii. The number of outgoing feeders from DC boards shall be such that each
substation equipment is fed by separate feeder with 20% as spare.

4.2.8 The ventilating louvers should be covered from inside by a perforated

sheet.

4.2.9 All sheet metal used for DB shall undergo seven tank mechanical/ chemical cleaning
process & painting shall be done using powder coating process. Colour of the Paint shall
be admiral gray as per shade no. 632 of IS 5 on exterior and white from interior sides.

5.0 MAJOR COMPONENTS:

5.1 Incoming cables for DCDB shall be terminated on terminal connectors provided at the
bottom. Connection between incomer terminals and MCBs shall be with 50 sq. mm copper
cable. Outgoing shall be connected with
35 sq. mm copper cable.
 For all 32 A rated MCBs, 16 sq. mm. stranded cable shall be used. For all 16A rated MCBs, 10
sq. mm. stranded cable shall be used.

All MCBs, cable used in the DB shall be of reputed make and ISI marked.

DCDB should have 2 sets of Bus Bars in Two separate compartments to facilitate
termination of Incomers from two sets of Battery and Chargers. One Change over
switch should be provided to facilitate DC supply to outgoing load circuit in the event
of failure of anyone of the battery/ Charger. The change over switch should be 2 way
2 position for changing over of both incomer individually.

5.2 Incoming circuit:

Two double pole MCBs of 63 Amps capacity shall act as Incoming breaker of load bus. Change
over switch of 63 Amps DP is to be provided.

Incoming cable for incomer LT XLPE, 2 C, 120 sq. mm shall be provided by WBSEDCL.

5.3 Outgoing Circuits:

Sr. Feeder Cable size Source-1 Source-2

No. Rating
1. Double pole 2 core 16 sq. mm 04 nos. 04 nos.
DC MCB LT PVC cable
32A,250 V 2 core 10 sq. mm
2. DP 16 A LT PVC cable 08 nos. 08 nos.
MCBs, 250 V

5.3.1 Total 24 Nos. outgoing circuits shall be provided as per the details given below.

MCBs shall comply following specifications as per IS 8828/1996.

a) Rated voltage & freq. shall be 240V & 50 Hz respectively for DP MCBs.
b) Rated current shall be 32A/16 A as mentioned above.

c) Rated short circuit capacity shall be min. 6 KA at 0.7 p.f. lag

d) Service short circuit capacity shall be 6KA as per table 15 of IS:
 8828 /1996.
e) MCBs shall have fixed un adjustable time / current characteristics.
f) Under voltage release and shunt-trip release coils are not required.
Only overload release and short circuit release shall be provided.
g) Tripping time shall be as per (clause No. 8.6.1) table 6 of IS: 8828
/1996. Tripping mechanism thermal magnetic type.
h) MCBs having precision moulded case and cover of flame retardant high
strength thermo plastic material with high melting point, low water
absorption, high dielectric strength and temperature with stand capacity
shall be capable of carrying out given no. of operation cycles as per clause
No. 9.11 of IS: 8828 /1996.
i) Limits of temperature rise shall be as per (clause No. 9.8) table 5 of
IS: 8828/1996.
j) Standard range of instantaneous tripping shall be type 'B' as per
(clause No.5.3.5) table 2 of IS: 8828 /1996.

5.3.2 All MCB outgoing terminals shall be terminated on terminal connectors of 10

mm. stud type provided at the bottom.

5.3.3 The enclosure shall be provided with proper earthing arrangement. Earthing
arrangement shall consist of 2 G.I. Bolts of 12 mm x 50mm (min.) with 2 spring/ plain washers and
2 check nuts.

5.3.4 PVC cable glands of adequate size shall be provided for all incoming and
out going cables.

5.3.5 The moving contacts of all poles of multi-pole circuit breaker shall be so
mechanically coupled that all poles, except the switched neutral, if any, make and break
substantially together. Whether operated manually or automatically even if an overload
occurs on one protected pole only.

Both side terminal should be suitable for direct cabling as well as bus bar
connection and should take wire up to cross section area of 25 sq.mm.

Detailed specification is tabulated below:-

Standard IS:8828:96 & IEC:60898:2002

Type/Series B&C
Rated Current(DC) 20A for SPN, 36A for DP
Rated Voltage(DC) Volt 30
Rated short circuit breaking capacity 10 kA
Ambient temperature(deg C) -5 to +55
Protection class IP-20
 5.3.6
i. One Mains failure Alarm relay.
ii. One Earth Fault alarm relay
iii. One 30 Volt DC Bell to be operated by the Mains failure alarm relay.
iv. One 30 volt DC Buzzer to be operated by the earth fault alarm relay.

5.3.7 AC/DC Change Over Contacts

Emergency lighting circuit shall be provided by the Bidder such that the lights normally
burn on AC 240 Volts, 50 Hz but in case of failure of AC supply, these come up on DC
supply with the help of automatic change over contactors and again change over to AC
supply with the restoration of AC supply. There shall be two number double pole ON/OFF
switches with HRC fuses one each for AC and DC supply.

5.4 Indicating Instruments:

Principal requirements of indicating instruments are as follows:

5.4.1 D.C Ammeter:

Ammeter shall comply the following requirements

Class of accuracy 1.0

Range 15 Amps Mounting
Flush type Size 96 x 96mm
Type Analog

5.4.3 D.C Volt Meter:

Voltmeter shall comply the following requirements

Class of accuracy 1.0

Mounting Flush type
Size 96x 96 mm
Range 0-40 volts
Type DC moving coil
5.4.5 Indicating Lamps:

Indicating lamps shall be panel mounting type 23 mm with rear terminal connections having
low wattage LEDs cluster type. Lamps shall have translucent lamp covers to diffuse
lights, coloured red for ‘DC ON’ condition. The lamp cover shall be preferably of screw-on type,
unbreakable and moulded from heat resisting fast coloured material. Conventional bulbs
are not acceptable. The intensity of light should be minimum 100 milli cd at 20 mA.
Indication lamp should be suitable to operate on 30 V DC.
Necessary wiring shall be provided accordingly.

5.4.6 MARKING
Each compartment shall be provided with legible and indelibly marked/
engraved name plate.
Name plates shall be white with black engraved letters. On top of each module, name plates with
bold letters shall be provided for feeder designation. Each device shall also suitably marked
for identification inside the panels. Name- plates with full and clear inscriptions shall be
provided inside the panels for all isolating switches, links, fuse blocks, test blocks and cable
terminals. Every switch shall be provided with a nameplate giving its function clearly.
Switches shall also have clear inscriptions for each position indication e.g. ‘ON’ ‘OFF’ etc.

5.4.7 Earthing Arrangements:

Two nos. Earthing studs of galvanized M.S. 25 X 6 mm shall be provided for external earth
connections at the bottom. These should be complete with plain washer, spring washer,
nuts etc. Earthing Bolts must be welded to prevent removal of the same from the cabinet.
Flexible stranded copper connector (braided conductor) should be connected of
copper equivalent 10 sq. mm. size between door and box enclosure. This flexible
braided cable should be terminated using gland and proper size nut/bolts at both ends.

5.4.8 Mounting Clamps:

The DCDB box are to manufacture with suitable mounting arrangement on wall/steel
support by means of 4 nos. 25X6 mm size clamps having hole dia. 14mm, fixed over the body as
per drawing.

5.4.9 Gland Plate:

The removable gland plate should be provided in the lower portion of the box to
accommodate all brass glands (according to requirement) for incoming and outgoing cables.
5.4.10 Name Plate:

Aluminium sheet 2 mm engraved with details should be provided duly refitted over
front door.
a. DC Distribution Box
b. P.O No.
c. ‘Property of WBSEDCL’

6.0 CONTROL WIRING

Each DCDB shall be furnished completely factory wired up to terminal blocks ready
for external connections.
All wires shall consist of 1100V grade PVC insulated flexible stranded copper
wires with a cross-section of 2.5 sq. Mm suitable for switchboard wiring and complying
with the requirement of relevant IS. Each wire shall bear an identifying ferrule or tag
at each end or connecting point.
Control cables for external connections shall consist of stranded copper wire with
1.5, 2.5, 4.0 sq. Mm or higher cross-sectional areas and shall enter the bottom.
All interconnecting/outgoing control wiring shall terminate on stud type terminals on
terminal blocks. The terminals shall be marked with identification numbers to facilitate
connections.
The terminal blocks shall be made of moulded, non-inflammable, plastic material and
arranged to provided maximum accessibility for inspection and maintenance. All terminal block
shall have transparent plastic cover.
The terminals shall be made of hard brass and diameter of not less than
6 mm. The studs shall be securely locked within the mounting base to prevent turning. The
terminal blocks shall be provided with twenty(20) percent spare terminals. The terminals
shall be suitable for connections through tinned copper crimped lugs.
Wiring shall be complete in all respect to ensure proper functioning of the control,
protection and monitoring scheme.
Each wire shall be identified at both ends with permanent markers bearing wire numbers as
per wiring diagram.

7.0 TYPE TEST CERTIFICATES:

MCBs & other components used in DCDB shall be fully type tested as per relevant IS and
this specification. The successful Bidder shall furnish detailed type test reports before
commencement of supply.

All the Type Tests shall be carried out from laboratories which are accredited by the
National Board of Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) of Government of India
such as CPRI Bangalore/ Bhopal, ERDA Baroda, to prove that the MCBs & other components
used in DCDB meet requirements of the specification.

8.0 DRAWINGS:

Successful bidder shall submit the detailed drawings along with component details/makes etc.
for necessary approval.
9.0 INSPECTION:

All tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacturer. The
manufacturer shall provide reasonable testing and inspection facilities and co- operation
without any charge to satisfy him that the material is being supplied is in accordance with this
specification. The proto of DCDB shall be inspected
& checked by Ordering Authority or his representative for approval before commencement of
supply.

10.0 SCHEDULES:

The tenderer shall fill in the following schedules, which form part of the tender specification and
order. If the schedules are not submitted duly filled in with the offer, the offer shall be
liable for rejection.

Schedule ‘A’ - Guaranteed Technical Particulars.

11.0 Deviations

Deviation from this specification, if any, shall be clearly bought out in the offer. Unless
owner explicitly accepts such deviations, it shall be constructed that the offer fully
complies with the specification.
 SCHEDULE ‘ A’

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF DCDB

Sr. No. Parameter Name

1. Enclosure fabricated from M.S sheet of 2.0 Y/N

mm thickness

2. All sheet metal work has undergone 7 tank Y/N

chemical processing and powder coating
3. Colour of enclosure from inside is white
Y/N
4. Colour of enclosure from outside is as per our
specification
Y/N
5. Busbar is of electrolytic tinned copper of size
1.6 sq. mm with 200 A rating and without joints.
6. Make and type of switch Fuse Y/N
Disconnector Unit

Y/N
7. No. of 1 ph 36 A DP MCBs provided Y/N

8. Make and type of 1 Ph 36 A DP MCBs Y/N

9. No. of 1ph 16 A DP MCBs provided Y/N

10 Make and type of 1 Ph 16 A DP MCBs Y/N

11 All MCBs are type tested and having short Y/N

circuit rating of Min. 6 KA at
0.7 pf lag
12 Ammeter is having range of 0-15 A Y/N
and accuracy class 1.0
13 Make and type of Ammeter Y/N

14 Voltmeter is having range of 0-40V Y/N

and accuracy class 1.0
15 Make and type of voltmeter Y/N
16 Indicating lamps are of LED type with Y/N
22.5 mm dia.

17 Wiring between MCBs and terminal connectors Y/N

is with specified stranded copper wire as per
specification
18 Terminal connectors are of bolted type Y/N
provided as per specification

19 Detachable gland plate is provided with Y/N

knockout type arrangement for providing
cable glands at the bottom
20 Cable glands as per requirements provided Y/N
separately
(E) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR RTU FOR SCADA COMMUNICATION

1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

The Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) shall be installed to acquire data for control of Substation
devices and different parameters. The supplied RTUs shall be interfaced with the substation
equipment, communication equipment, power supply distribution boards by providing all the interface
cables, TBs, wires, lugs, glands etc.
The RTUs need to be installed in separate panel. The RTU panel also must house the SMPS
based DCPS and the Batteries, Modems/Routers and other accessories to be supplied by the
Bidder. All necessary requirements for such arrangement within the panel must be made.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The RTUs shall be designed in accordance with applicable International Electro-technical
Commission (IEC), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineer (IEEE), American National
Standards Institute (ANSI), and National Equipment Manufacturers association (NEMA)
standards, unless otherwise specified in this Technical specification. In all cases the provisions of
the latest edition or revision of the applicable standards in effect shall apply.
RTU Should have following memory:-
Memory (minimum requirement) :-
Flash 8 MB
Static 2MB
Dynamic RAM 128MB
Backup RAM Battery

3.0 RTU Functions

• Acquiring analog values from Multifunction Transducers Multi function meters or

alternatively through transducer- less modules and the status inputs of devices from the
substation, processing and transmitting to Master stations.
• Receiving and processing digital commands from the master station(s)
• RTU shall have the capability of automatic start-up and initialisation following
restoration of power after an outage without need of manual intervention. All restarts
shall be reported to the connected master stations.
• Data transmission rates - 300 to 19200 bps for Serial ports for IEC60870-5-101
and Ethernet 10/100 Base T interface with IEC 60870-5-104 protocol
• Use of IEC 60870-5-104 protocol to communicate with the Master station(s)
• Use of MODBUS over RS485 interface, Protocol to communicate with the MFTs.
• Minimum number of I/O tags handling capacity shall be 100 I/O tags and 20,000 data
points
• RTU have inbuilt optical coupler to isolate field signals for Digital Inputs
• RTU shall monitor suitable feature of external battery availability check through potential
free contact as DI signal to RTU and Suitable provision in RTU to supervise and prevent
accidental serious discharge of battery.
• RTU shall have the capability of automatic start-up and initialisation following
restoration of power after an outage without need of manual intervention. All restarts
 shall be reported to the connected master stations.
• RTU shall support web based monitoring/diagnostics and configuration from remote as well
as local.
• Remote database downloading of RTU from master station of SCADA/DMS Control
Centre.
• Flash storage/ Internal battery backup to hold data in SOE buffer memory & also
maintaining the time & date.
• RTU Events shall be archived in logs.
• RTU Events shall be stored in the archive logs with a time resolution of
1ms and a discrimination of 10ms.
• The capacity of the logs to be archived shall be more than 30,000 events and
measurement. All the logs shall be available from a maintenance tool connected to the RTU
or sent on request to the SCADA. The content of the logs shall be configurable and the
name of the logs sent to the SCADA shall be configurable. It shall be formatted as a .csv
file.
• As the SCADA/DMS system will use public domain such GPRS/CDMA etc, therefore
it is mandatory to guard the data/ equipment from intrusion/damage/breach of security &
shall have IP Sec VPN based security.
• Communication with at least two master stations simultaneously on IEC 60870-5-104
through same subnet mask.
• RTU shall be capable of acquiring analog values through transducers having output as 4-20
mA,0-10 mA, 0-+10 mA etc. using analog input modules.
• Supply , installation and commissioning of MFT in RMU Panel
• Relevant diagnostic/status LEDs for each module shall be provided.

4.0 Communication ports:-

• The RTUs shall have following communication ports to communicate with master station,
MFTs and configuration & maintenance terminal.
• RTU shall have at least two TCP/IP Ethernet port for communication with Master
station(s) using IEC 60870-5-104 protocol.
• RTU shall have minimum 2(two) number of RS 485 ports for communication with MFTs to
be connected in daisy chain using MODBUS protocol. Minimum 15 analog values
(including 4 energy values) to be considered per energy meter. The RTU shall be
designed to connect maximum 5 MFT per port. Further, bidder to demonstrate during
testing that all analog values updated within 2 Sec.
• RTU shall have one Ethernet/USB 2.0port for maintenance
• The RTU shall support the use of a different communication data exchange rate (bits per
second) and scanning cycle on each port & different database for each master station.

5.0 Master Station Communication Protocol

• RTU shall use IEC 60870-5-104 communication protocol for communicating to master
station. The RTU communication protocol shall be configured to report analog (except
energy values) & status changes by exception to master stations. However, RTU shall
support periodic reporting of analog data and periodicity shall be configurable from 2
 sec to 1 hour. Digital status data shall have higher priority than the Analog data. The
dead-band for reporting Analog value by exception shall be initially set to 1% (in %) of the
full scale value. In addition, analog values shall also be reported to Master station by
exception on violation of a defined threshold limit. All the analog values and status data
shall also be assigned to scan groups for integrity check by Master stations at every 10
minutes configurable up to 60 minutes RTU wise.

• RTU shall report energy values to master station periodically. The periodicity shall be
configurable from 5 minutes to 24 hours (initially set for 15 minutes)

6.0 Communication Protocol between RTU & MFTs

• The RTU shall acquire data from the MFTs using the MODBUS protocol.

7.0 Analog Inputs (6 Input AI Card)

• The real time values like Active power, Reactive Power, Apparent power, three phase
Current & Voltage and frequency, and power factor & accumulated values of import
/export energy values will be acquired RTU from the following in the given manner:

1. MFTs installed in RMU

2. RTU shall also take 4-20 mA as analog inputs to acquire DC Battery voltage etc.

• The RTU analog-to-digital (A/D) converters shall have a digital resolution of at

least twelve bits plus sign. The overall accuracy of the analog input system shall be
at least 0.2 %(i.e. 99.8%) at 25 ºC of full scale .The RTU shall be designed for
common mode rejection ratio of voltage inputs for min 50 db from 1KHz to 5Khz
and min 70 db from 5Khz to 1Mhz and better than 90 dB at 50/60 Hz. .Each input
shall be galvanically insulated by transformer and have suitable protection and
filtering to provide protection against voltage spikes and residual current at 50
Hz, 0.1 ma (peak-to-peak) and overload. Loading upto 150% of the input value shall
not sustain any failures to the RTU input.
• The ability of the RTU to accommodate dc inputs shall include the following signal
ranges:
• Unipolar Voltage:0-0.5V, 0-1V, 0-5 V, 0-10V,
• Unipolar Current: 0-1mA, 0-10mA, 0-20mA, 4-20mA,
• Bipolar Voltage: 0.5V, 2.5V, 5V, 10V (- to +)
• The total burden imposed by the RTU analog input circuit shall not exceed 0.5 volt-
ampere for current and voltage inputs. As an option, contractor may also provide
transducer less solution to connect direct CT/PT secondary.

8.0 Status input:

• RTU shall be capable of accepting galvanically isolated dry (potential free)

contact status inputs. The RTU shall provide necessary sensing voltage,
current, optical isolation and de-bounce filtering independently for each
status input.
• Data Acquisition shall be with a resolution of 1 ms. Minimum 64 Digital inputs at
least in two DI cards shall be provided in RTU.
• The RTU shall be set to capture contact operations of 20 ms or more duration.
Operations of less than 20 ms duration shall be considered no change (contact
 bounce condition). The RTU shall accept two types of status inputs i.e. Single
point Status inputs and Double point status inputs.
• To take care of status contact chattering, a time period for each point and
the allowable number of operations per time period shall be defined. If the
allowable number of operations exceed within this time period, the status change
shall not be accepted as valid.
• Single point status input will be from a normally-open (NO) or normally-closed
(NC) contact which is represented by 1-bit in the protocol message.
• The Double point status input will be from two complementary contacts (one NO and
one NC) which is represented by 2-bits in the protocol message. A switching device
status is valid only when one contact is closed and the other contact is open. Invalid
states shall be reported when both contacts are open or both contacts are closed.

• All status inputs shall be scanned by the RTU from the field at 1 millisecond
periodicity.
• The RTU shall make provision to stop transmission when a Transmission Disable
command is received from Control Centre. This is to suppress spurious recurring
indications/ alarms.
• Local indication for healthiness of Card shall be provided.

9.0 Sequence of Events (SOE) feature

• To analyse the chronology or sequence of events occurring in the power system,

time tagging of data is required which shall be achieved through SOE feature of
RTU. The RTU shall have an internal clock with the stability of 10ppm or better.
The RTU time shall be set from time synchronization messages received from
master station using IEC 60870-5-104 protocol. SOE time resolution shall be
1ms or better.

• The RTU shall maintain a clock and shall time-stamp the digital status data. Any
digital status input data point in the RTU shall be assignable as an SOE point. Each
time a SOE status indication point changes the state, the RTU shall time-tag the
change and store in SOE buffer within the RTU. A minimum of 4000 events can
be stored in the SOE buffer. SOE shall be transferred to Master Station as
per IEC60870-5-104 protocol. SOE buffer shall be maintained by FRTU on power
supply interruption.

10.0 Control Security and Safety Requirements

The RTU shall include the following security and safety features as a minimum for
control outputs:

a. Select- check-before-operate (SCBO) sequence for control output.

b. No more than one control point shall be selected/executed at any given time.
c. The control selection shall be automatically cancelled if after receiving the
"control selection" message, the "control execute" command is not received within
the set time period.
d. No control command shall be generated during power up or power down of RTU.
11.0 Local/Remote selector switch

A manual Local/Remote selector switch shall be provided for each RTU to disable all
control outputs by breaking the power supply connection to the control outputs. When
in the "Local" position, the Local/Remote switch shall allow testing of all the control
outputs of RTU without activating the control outputs to field devices. A status input
indication shall be provided for the Local/Remote switch to allow the SCADA system to
monitor the position of the switch. RTU with inbuilt local remote selector switch also will be
acceptable.

12.0 Dummy breaker latching relay

It shall provide a latching relay to be used to simulate and test supervisory control from
the Master station. The latching relay shall accept the control signals from the RTU to
open and close, and shall provide the correct indication response through a single point
status input.

13.0 Contact Multiplying Relays (CMRs)

Contact Multiplying Relays (CMRs) are required to multiply the contacts of

breaker, isolators and protection relays etc. The contacts of these relays shall be used
to provide status inputs to the RTUs.

The relays shall be DC operated self reset type. The relay shall be able to operate for
+/-20% variation from nominal voltage.

The relay shall have a minimum of two change over contacts, out of which one
shall be used for telemetry purposes. The contacts shall be rated to carry minimum
current capacity of 5A.

The relay shall conform to following requirement.

a. Power Frequency withstand voltage–2KV for 1 minute as per IEC 255-5.

b. Insulation Resistance of 100M ohms measured using 500V DC megger.
c. 5 KV Impulse test as per IEC 255-5
The relays coils shall be shunted with diodes to suppress inductive
transients associated with energizing and de-energizing of the relay coils. The
relays shall conform to the IEC 255-1-00 and IEC 255-5 requirements. The relays
must be protected against the effects of humidity, corrosion & provide with a dust
tight cover. The connecting terminals shall be screw type & legibly marked. The
relays shall have a visual operation indicator. The relays are to be mounted in RTU
panel.

• CMR Make- Sulzar, Schneider, ABB

14.0 Time facility

The internal RTU time base shall have a stability of 10 ppm. The RTU shall be
synchronised through synchronisation message from master station at every 5 minutes
(configurable from 5 minutes to 60 minutes) over IEC 60870-5-104/NTP/SNTP.
15.0 Diagnostic Software

Diagnostic Software shall be provided to continuously monitor operation of the RTU

and report RTU hardware errors to the connected master stations. The software
shall check for memory, processor, and input/output ports errors and failures of other
functional areas defined in the specification of the RTU.

All RTU modules, shall have light emitting diodes (LEDs) to indicate errors or
operating modes. The application/configuration data shall be stored on SD Cards which
makes it possible to exchange modules without new configuration download. The
functional operation of the RTU shall be guaranteed by a comprehensive monitoring
concept. The hardware and software shall be continuously monitored from the I/O
modules throughout the entire RTU. The hardware and software monitoring shall be
carried out by active checks at several levels. The RTU shall report its system and error
states to the Control Centre by means of System Events. The RTU shall provide remote
diagnostics capabilities. It shall be possible to connect to the RTU from a remote
computer in order to analyze the system and error status, check-up of the configuration or
signal values of the RTU remotely, e.g. by means of a Web-Server via LAN/WAN.

Remote access via Intranet shall be combined with authority privileges for the user
for following activities:

Monitoring the RTU-produced internal error messages

Monitoring and checking the RTU configuration and the status of all connected
process signals
Checking the current version of the configuration file
Downloading or uploading the RTU configuration file
Checking and downloading revised software files for the RTU CPU modules
Uploading the archive files

16.0 Cyber security:

The RTU shall comply the advanced cyber security standard i.e ISO 27002 2005
(previously known as ISO IEC 17799 2005), NERC CIP-009-1, and ISA-99.02.01[5]–[7],
IEEE 1686 standard and should have following features:
User level configuration
User wise authentication like system admin, configuration admin, control, operator.
Disabling the DNS
Disabling, enabling & configuration of the TCP and UDP ports.
Door lock alarm integration with RTU.
Local and remote access connection shall be secured for maintenance (locally and
remotely) with HTTPS, IPSEC protocols
Role Based User Account Management (UAM) integrated in the Web Server
User Activity Log (UAL) on the SD card or internal memory of the CPU
Password Complexity enforcement based on at least one
upper/lower/number/ non- alphanumeric character options
Security Event Logging and viewing of the same through the web browser. It
shall also be possible to upload this log into .CSV files.
 The FRTU shall be hardened - Closing of unused TCP/IP ports and services
Enabling/disabling of Web Server use
Secured HTTPS connection to the RTU through Web Browser shall be supported
RTU should conform any of the following security standards in respect
of above functionalities and to be tested as per following standard:
a. NERC/CIP - North American Electric Reliability Corporation - Critical
Infrastructure Protection NERC CIP-009-1, and ISA-99.02.01[5]–[7]
b. IEC 62351-5:2013,IEC 62351-3- Power systems management and associated
information interchange - Data and communications security
c. IEEE 1686 - Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED)
Cyber Security capabilities.

17.0 Communication security

The RTU shall support network layer security with IP Sec and transport layer
security with https and Web.

18.0 Security Log

- The RTU shall provide a local audit trail for all security events that occur.
- Log files shall be produced in Syslog format.

19.0 Archives:
RTU Events shall be archived in logs in CPU internal memory or external SD card.
RTU Events shall be stored in the archive logs with a time resolution of 1ms, and a
discrimination of 10ms.The capacity of the logs shall be more than 30,000 events and
measurement. All the logs shall be available from a maintenance tool connected to the
RTU or sent on request to the SCADA. The content of the logs shall be configurable and the
name of the logs sent to the SCADA shall be configurable. It shall be formatted as a .csv
file.

20.0 RTU Panels

At least 50% of the space inside each enclosure shall be unused (spare) space that
shall be reserved for future use. RTU panel dimension should be around 650mm (W), 450mm
(D), 1200mm (H). Panel with lesser dimension is preferred. The Contractor shall provide
required panels conforming to IEC 529 for housing the RTU modules/racks, relays etc.
and other required hardware. No IO module shall be placed outside the RTU panel. The
panels shall meet the following requirements:

(a) Shall be pole/ floor mounted compact size cabinet. The size shall be sufficient to
accommodate the RTUs and associated equipment required for telemetry and
control and shall be designed according to the site requirement/locations at the
time of design/ engineering. All doors and removable panels shall be fitted with
long life rubber beading. All non load bearing panels/doors shall be
fabricated from minimum 1.6 mm thickness steel sheet and all load bearing
panels, frames, top & bottom panels shall be fabricated from minimum 2.0 mm
thickness steel sheet
 (b) Shall have maintenance access to the hardware and wiring through lockable
doors.
(c) Shall have the provisions for bottom cable entry
(d) The safety ground shall be isolated from the signal ground and shall be
connected to the ground network. Safety ground shall be a copper bus bar. The
contractor shall connect the panel’s safety ground to the owner’s grounding
network. Signal ground shall be connected to the communication
equipment signal ground.
(e) All panels shall be supplied with 230 Vac, 50 Hz, single-phase switch and
15/5A duplex socket arrangement for maintenance.
(f) All panels shall be provided with an internal maintenance lamp and gaskets.
(g) Panel shall be indoor, dust proof with rodent protection and meet IP 41
(h)There shall be no sharp corners or edges. All edges shall be rounded to
prevent injury.
(j) All materials used in the enclosures including cable insulation or sheathing,
wire troughs, terminal blocks, and enclosure trim shall be made of flame
retardant material and shall not produce toxic gasses under fire conditions.
(k) Panels shall have padlocking arrangement.

20.1 Wiring/Cabling requirements

All wires that carry low-level signals shall be adequately protected and
separated as far as possible from power wiring. All wires shall be identified either by
using ferrules or by colour coding. In addition, cables shall be provided with cable
numbers at both ends, attached to the cable itself at the floor plate where it enters the
cubicles.

Shielded cables shall be used for external Cabling from the RTU panels. The
external cables (except communication cables) shall have the following characteristics:

• All cables shall have stranded copper conductor.

• Minimum core cross-section of 2.5 mm2 for PT cables, 2.5 mm2 for CT cables,
if applicable and 2.5 mm2 for Control outputs and 1.5mm2 for Status inputs
• Rated voltage Uo/U of 0.6/1.1KV
• External sheathing of cable shall have oxygen index not less than 29 &
temperature index not less than 250. Cable sheath shall meet fire resistance
test as per IS 1554 Part- I.
• Shielding, longitudinally laid with overlap.
• Dielectric withstand 2.5 kV at 50 Hz for 5 minutes
• External marking with manufacture's name, type, core quantity, cross-section,
and year of manufacture.
• The Communication cable shall be of shielded twisted pairs and of minimum
0.22sq mm size.

20.2 Terminal Blocks (TBs)

Terminal blocks shall be having provision for disconnection (isolation),

with full-depth insulating barriers made from moulded self-extinguishing material.
Terminal blocks shall be appropriately sized and rated for the electrical capacity
of the circuit and wire used. No more than two wires shall be connected to
 any terminal. Required number of TBs shall be provided for common shield
termination for each cable.

All terminal blocks shall be suitably arranged for easy identification of its
usages such as CT circuits, PT circuits, analog inputs, status inputs, control outputs,
auxiliary power supply circuits, communication signals etc. TBs for CT circuits shall
have feature for CT shorting (on CT side) & disconnection (from load side) to
facilitate testing by current injection. Similarly, TBs for PT circuit shall have
feature for disconnection to facilitate voltage injection for testing.

21.0 TESTING and DOCUMENTATION

(a) Type Testing:

RTU including Transducers shall conform to the type tests listed in the relevant
table. Type test reports of tests conducted in NABL accredited Labs or
internationally accredited labs within last 5 years from the date of bid opening
may be submitted. Bidder shall offer only Type tested Product. A complete integrated
unit shall be tested to assure full compliance with the functional and technical
requirements of the Specification. The testing sample shall include one of each type of
cards/modules and devices. For other items also such as MFT, sensor etc the
requirements are mentioned in the respective sub sections of specification. However,
the type tests shall be only be limited to the specification of that item only. Type Test
reports shall be in the name of the Bidder for RTU.

(b) Factory Acceptance test (FAT):

Each complete unit shall undergo FAT.

(c) Site Acceptance Test (SAT)

(i) Field Tests
After RTU panel installation, interface cabling with panels/Termination
boxes, communication panel and interface cabling with field & communication
equipment, the Contractor shall carry out the field-testing.

(ii) Availability Tests

After field testing, RTU shall exhibit a 99% availability during test period
(15 days). Availability tests shall be performed along with Master station.
The RTU shall be considered available only when all its functionality and
hardware is operational. The non-available period due to external factors such as
failure of communication link etc., shall be treated as hold-time & availability test
duration shall be extended by such hold time.